[A-01] Installation

WARNING
  • Do not install the printer in a location near alcohol, paint thinner, or other flammable substances. If flammable substances come into contact with electrical parts inside the printer, it may result in a fire or electrical shock.
  • Do not place the following items on the printer.
    • Necklaces and other metal objects
    • Cups, vases, flowerpots, and other containers filled with water or liquids
    If these items come into contact with a high-voltage area inside the printer, it may result in a fire or electrical shock.
    If these items are dropped or spilled inside the printer, immediately turn off the power switch (1) and disconnect the USB cable if it is connected (2). Then, unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet (3) and contact your local authorized Canon dealer.

CAUTION
  • Do not install the printer in unstable locations, such as on unsteady platforms or inclined floors, or in locations subject to excessive vibrations, as this may cause the printer to fall or tip over, resulting in personal injury.
  • Never block the ventilation slots on the printer. The ventilation slots are provided for proper ventilation of working parts inside the printer. Never place the printer on a soft surface, such as a bed, sofa, or rug. Blocking the ventilation slots can cause the printer to overheat, resulting in a fire.
  • Do not install the printer in the following locations, as this may result in a fire or electrical shock.
    • A damp or dusty location
    • A location exposed to smoke and steam, such as near a cookery or humidifier
    • A location exposed to rain or snow
    • A location near a water faucet or water
    • A location exposed to direct sunlight
    • A location subject to high temperatures
    • A location near open flames
  • When installing the printer, gently lower the printer to the installation site so as not to catch your hands between the printer and the floor or between the printer and other equipment, as this may result in personal injury.
  • When connecting the interface cable, connect it properly by following the instructions in this manual. If not connected properly, this may result in malfunction or electrical shock.
  • When moving the printer, follow the instructions in this manual to hold it correctly. Failure to do so may cause you to drop the printer, resulting in personal injury.
    "Moving the Printer"
    "Moving the Printer Unit to the Installation Site"

[A-02] Handling the Power Cord

WARNING
  • Do not damage or modify the power cord. Also, do not place heavy objects on the power cord or pull on or excessively bend it, as this can cause electrical damage, resulting in fire or electrical shock.
  • Keep the power cord away from all heat sources. Failure to do so can cause the power cord insulation to melt, resulting in a fire or electrical shock.
  • Do not plug or unplug the power plug with wet hands, as this can result in electrical shock.
  • Do not plug the power cord into a multiplug power strip, as this can result in a fire or electrical shock.
  • Do not bundle up or tie up the power cord in a knot, as this can result in a fire or electrical shock.
  • Insert the power plug completely into the AC power outlet. Failure to do so can result in a fire or electrical shock.
  • Do not use power cords other than the one provided, as this can result in a fire or electrical shock.
  • As a general rule, do not connect the power cord to an extension cord or power strip. If an extension cord or power strip must be used, do so at your own risk while observing the following precautions. Improper use of an extension cord or power strip with this printer can result in a fire or electrical shock.
    • Do not connect one extension cord to another.
    • Make sure that the voltage rating of the extension cord or power strip matches the voltage listed on the rating label on the rear of the printer.
    • Use an extension cord that allows more current than is listed on the rating label on the rear of the printer.
    • When using an extension cord, untie the cord binding and insert the power plug completely into the extension cord outlet to ensure a secure connection between the power cord and the extension cord.
    • Periodically check that the extension cord is not overheated.
CAUTION
  • Do not use a power supply voltage other than that listed herein, as this may result in a fire or electrical shock.
  • Always grasp the power plug when unplugging the power cord. Do not pull on the power cord, as this may expose the core wire of the power cord or damage the cord insulation, causing electricity to leak, resulting in a fire or electrical shock.
  • Leave sufficient space around the power plug so that it can be unplugged easily. If objects are placed around the power plug, you may be unable to unplug it in an emergency.

[A-03] Handling the Printer

WARNING
  • Do not disassemble or modify the printer. There are high-temperature and high-voltage components inside the printer which may result in a fire or electrical shock.
  • Electrical equipment can be hazardous if not used properly. Do not allow children to touch the power cord, cables, internal gears, or electrical parts.
  • If the printer makes an unusual noise or emits smoke, heat, or an unusual smell, immediately turn off the power switch and disconnect the USB cable if it is connected. Then, unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet and contact your local authorized Canon dealer. Continued use can result in a fire or electrical shock.
  • Do not use highly flammable sprays near the printer. If flammable substances come into contact with electrical parts inside the printer, this may result in a fire or electrical shock.
  • Always turn off the power switch and disconnect the power cord and interface cables before moving the printer. Failure to do so can damage the cables or cords, resulting in a fire or electrical shock.
  • Do not drop paper clips, staples, or other metal objects inside the printer. Also, do not spill water, liquids, or other flammable substances (alcohol, benzene, paint thinner, etc.) inside the printer. If these items come into contact with a high-voltage area inside the printer, it may result in a fire or electrical shock. If these items are dropped or spilled inside the printer, immediately turn off the printer and computer and disconnect the USB cable if it is connected. Then, unplug the power cord from the AC power outlet and contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
  • When plugging or unplugging a USB cable when the power plug is plugged into an AC power outlet, do not touch the metal part of the connector, as this can result in electrical shock.
CAUTION
  • Do not place heavy objects on the printer. The object or the printer may fall, resulting in personal injury.
  • Turn off the power switch when the printer will not be used for a long period of time, such as overnight. Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord if the printer will not be used for an extended period of time, such as for several days.
  • Keep your hands and clothing away from the roller in the output area. Even if the printer is not printing, the roller may suddenly rotate and catch your hands or clothing, resulting in personal injury.
  • The output slot is hot during and immediately after printing. Do not touch the area surrounding the output slot, as this may result in burns.
  • Printed paper may be hot immediately after being output. Be careful when removing the paper and aligning the removed paper, especially after continuous printing. Failure to do so may result in burns.
  • The laser beam used in the printer can be harmful to human bodies. The laser beam is confined in the laser scanner unit by a cover, so there is no danger of the laser beam escaping during normal printer operation. Read the following remarks and instructions for safety.
    • Never open covers other than those indicated in this manual.
    • Do not remove the caution label attached to the cover of the laser scanner unit.
    • If the laser beam should escape and enter your eyes, exposure may cause damage to your eyes.

Location of the Serial Number

The serial number for this printer can be found at the location shown in the following figure.
Inside of the Printer Unit
Outside View of the Packaging Box
IMPORTANT
The serial number is required for receiving maintenance service. The labels on which the serial number is indicated are required for printer service or maintenance. Do not remove them.

[A-04] Cleaning, Maintenance, and Inspections

WARNING
  • When cleaning the printer, turn off the printer and unplug the power cord. Failure to do so can result in a fire or electrical shock.
  • Unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet periodically and clean the area around the base of the power plug's metal pins and the AC power outlet with a dry cloth to remove all dust and grime. In damp, dusty, or smoky locations, dust can build up around the power plug and become damp, which can cause a short circuit, resulting in a fire.
  • Clean the printer with a well wrung out cloth dampened with water or mild detergent diluted with water. Do not use alcohol, benzene, paint thinner, or other flammable substances. If flammable substances come into contact with electrical parts inside the printer, it may result in a fire or electrical shock.
  • Some areas inside the printer are subject to high voltage. When removing jammed paper or when inspecting inside of the printer, be careful not to allow necklaces, bracelets, or other metal objects to touch the inside of the printer, as this can result in burns or electrical shock.
  • Do not throw a used toner cartridge into open flames, as this can cause the toner remaining inside the cartridges to ignite, resulting in burns or fire.
CAUTION
  • The fixing unit and its surroundings inside the printer become hot during use. When removing jammed paper or when inspecting the inside of the printer, do not touch the fixing unit and its surroundings, as this may result in burns.

  • When removing jammed paper or replacing a toner cartridge, be careful not to get any toner on your hands or clothing, as this will dirty your hands or clothing. If toner gets on your hands or clothing, wash them immediately with cold water. Washing with warm water sets the toner, making it impossible to remove the toner stains.
  • When removing jammed paper, be careful not to allow the toner on the paper to scatter. The toner may get into your eyes or mouth. If toner gets into your eyes or mouth, wash them immediately with cold water and consult a physician.
  • When loading paper or removing jammed paper, be careful not to cut your hands with the edges of the paper.
  • When removing a toner cartridge, remove the toner cartridge carefully so as to prevent the toner from scattering and getting into your eyes or mouth. If toner gets into your eyes or mouth, wash them immediately with cold water and consult a physician.
  • Do not attempt to disassemble the toner cartridge. The toner may scatter and get into your eyes or mouth. If toner gets into your eyes or mouth, wash them immediately with cold water and consult a physician.
  • If toner leaks from the toner cartridge, be careful not to inhale the toner or allow it to come into direct contact with your skin. If the toner comes into contact with your skin, wash with soap. If the skin becomes irritated or you inhale the toner, consult a physician immediately.

[A-05] Handling and Storing Toner Cartridges

WARNING
  • Do not throw a used toner cartridge into open flames, as this can cause the toner remaining inside the cartridges to ignite, resulting in burns or a fire.
  • Do not store toner cartridges or paper in a location exposed to open flames, as this can cause the toner or paper to ignite and result in burns or fire.
  • When disposing of a toner cartridge, place the toner cartridge into a bag to prevent the toner from scattering, and then dispose of the toner cartridge according to local regulations.
CAUTION
  • Keep the toner cartridges and other consumables out of the reach of small children. If the toner or other parts are ingested, consult a physician immediately.
  • Do not attempt to disassemble the toner cartridge. The toner may scatter and get into your eyes or mouth. If toner gets into your eyes or mouth, wash them immediately with cold water and consult a physician.
  • If toner leaks from the toner cartridge, be careful not to inhale the toner or allow it to come into direct contact with your skin. If the toner comes into contact with your skin, wash with soap. If the skin becomes irritated or you inhale the toner, consult a physician immediately.

[B-01] How to Use the User's Guide

This section describes the symbols, keys, and buttons used in the User's Guide.

Descriptions of Warnings and Cautions

The following are descriptions of warnings and cautions used in the User's Guide to explain handling restrictions, precautions, and instructions that should be observed for your safety.
WARNING
Indicates a warning about operations that can result in death or serious injury if not performed correctly.
You must follow the information in this warning to ensure safe use of the printer.
CAUTION
Indicates a caution about operations that may result in personal injury or damage to property if not performed correctly.
You must follow the information in this caution to ensure safe use of the printer.
IMPORTANT
Indicates operational requirements and restrictions.
Be sure to read these items carefully to ensure correct printer operation and avoid printer damage.
NOTE
Indicates a clarification of an operation.
It is recommended that you read this note.
INFORMATION
Indicates additional useful information about an operation.
It is recommended that you read this information.

Keys and Buttons Used in the User's Guide

The following are examples of how control panel keys and on-screen buttons are depicted in the User's Guide.

Control panel keys


[Key icon] + (Key name)

Example: Press the [] (Cancel Job) key.

Buttons and items on the computer display


These are enclosed in brackets ([ ]).

Example: Click [OK].

Menu and command names


These are enclosed in brackets ([ ]).

Example: Click [File] → [Printing Preferences].

Displays Used in the User's Guide

Most of the operations in the User's Guide are described using screenshots from Windows XP Professional.
If you are using a different operating system, the screenshots may differ slightly from what you see on screen.
Items that should be selected or buttons that should be clicked are enclosed in a red frame ().
When multiple on-screen operations can be performed for a procedure, all items and buttons are marked. Select the appropriate item or button.
NOTE
Example Screenshot


Click [Next].


Illustrations Used in the User's Guide

Although not shown in the illustrations in this User's Guide, the control panel is labeled with names on printer models sold in certain countries and regions.

Although the power cord shown in this User's Guide is the same as the one in the following illustration, the type of power plug may differ depending on the country or region.

Abbreviations Used in the User's Guide

Abbreviations of Operating Systems


In the User's Guide, operating systems are abbreviated as follows.

[B-02] Installing the User's Guide

You can install the User's Guide to your computer using the supplied CD-ROM.
This procedure describes how to install the User's Guide.
IMPORTANT
If your hard disk does not have sufficient space to install the software

A message indicating this appears during installation.
Cancel the installation, free up space on your hard disk, and then reinstall the software.
Turn on the computer and start Windows.
Be sure to log on as a user with administrative rights.
IMPORTANT
If you are not sure about your administrative rights

Contact your system administrator.
If a wizard or dialog box appears during the Plug and Play automatic setup

Click [Cancel], turn off the printer, and use this procedure in this topic to perform the installation.

Insert the supplied CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your computer.
If the CD-ROM is already in the drive, eject the disk and reinsert it into the drive.
Please wait until CD-ROM Setup appears.
NOTE
If CD-ROM Setup does not appear
  • Windows Vista
    1. Click [Start] → [Start Search].
    2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
    The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.
  • Windows 2000, XP, and Server 2003
    1. Click [Start] → [Run].
    2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → click [OK].
    The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.

If the [AutoPlay] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Run AUTORUN.EXE].


If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Continue].

Click [Custom Installation].
NOTE
To install the printer driver together with the User's Guide

Click [Easy Installation].

Select the software to be installed.
  1. Clear the [Printer Driver] check box.
  2. Click [Install].

Read the license agreement, and then click [Yes].

The installation of the User's Guide starts.
Wait until the dialog box disappears.
The installation takes several minutes.

Check the installation results, and then click [Next].
NOTE
If the software does not install properly

"Installation Problems"

Restart your computer.
  1. Select the [Restart Computer Now (Recommended)] check box.
  2. Click [Restart].
NOTE
Removing the CD-ROM

After the installation is finished, you can remove the CD-ROM from the CD-ROM drive of your computer.
Items added after installation of the User's Guide

  • A shortcut to [LBP5050 Online Manuals] is added to the desktop.
  • [Canon LBP5050] and [LBP5050 Online Manuals] are added to [All Programs] on the [Start] menu.

[B-03] Viewing the User's Guide

Use the User's Guide to find information on the printer operations and familiarize yourself with the more detailed features.
You can view the User's Guide using either of the following methods.

Viewing the User's Guide Installed on a Computer

Double-click the icon of the User's Guide on the desktop.
NOTE
If the icon is not displayed on the desktop

Open the User's Guide from the Windows [Start] menu.
[Start] → [All Programs] or [Programs] → [Canon LBP5050] → [LBP5050 Online Manuals]
Installing the User's Guide

"Installing the User's Guide"

Viewing the User's Guide from the CD-ROM

Insert the supplied CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your computer.
CD-ROM Setup starts.
NOTE
If CD-ROM Setup does not appear
  • Windows Vista
    1. Click [Start] → [Start Search].
    2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
    The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.
  • Windows 2000, XP, and Server 2003
    1. Click [Start] → [Run].
    2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → click [OK].
    The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.
If the [AutoPlay] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Run AUTORUN.EXE].


If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Continue].

Click [Display Manuals].

Click the icon of the User's Guide ().
The User's Guide is displayed.

[B-04] Searching for Information

You can use the following search methods to find information in the User's Guide.

Searching from Operations

This procedure is described using an example for printing an envelope.
Click [Printing].
Print function topics are displayed in the left pane.

Search for the desired topic.
  1. Click [Printing on Various Types of Paper].
  2. Click [Print on Index Cards or Envelopes].
NOTE
To search for a desired operation topic

You can also use the buttons at the top of the window to search for the following operation topics.
  • Printing
  • Network Settings
  • Managing the Printer from a Computer

Searching Finished Images

This procedure is described using an example for enlarging or reducing the page to print.
Click [Search Finished Images].

Click [Finishing the Document] → [Enlarging or Reducing the Page to Print].
NOTE
To display a specific operation topic

Click a topic in the left pane to display that topic.

Searching for Useful Features

This procedure is described using an example for adjusting the toner density.
Click [Search for Useful Features].

Click [Reducing the Printing Cost] → [Adjusting the Toner Density].

Searching from Contents

This procedure is described using an example for replacing a toner cartridge.
Click [Contents].

Click [Replacing Toner Cartridges].

Searching the Index

You can use the index to search for printer terms, such as functions or part names.
This procedure is described using an example for replacing a toner cartridge.
Click [Contents].

Click [Index].

Click [T].
Select the menu containing the first letter of the keyword.
In this example, a list of terms beginning with the letter "T" is displayed in the right pane.

Click [Replacing Toner Cartridges] from [Toner Cartridges].

Searching by Keyword

You can search for a topic by keyword if you know a keyword but are not sure how to search for the topic.
This procedure is described using an example for printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper.
Click [Search by Keyword].

Enter [multiple pages] for [Search keyword].
A list of search results based on the entered keyword is displayed.

Click [Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet].
NOTE
Searching by keyword from the top page

You can also search for a topic by entering a keyword in [Search by Keyword] at the top right of the page.
INFORMATION
To search for other information

To find information on the default printer settings, part names, and troubleshooting, see the following topics at the bottom of the top page.
  • Important Safety Instructions
  • Legal Notices
  • Using the User's Guide
  • Printer Installation and Connections
  • About LBP5050/5050n
  • Troubleshooting
  • Maintenance
  • Office Locations
INFORMATION
Printing the User's Guide

To print the User's Guide, perform the following procedure.
  • Print all pages of the User's Guide
    Select [All Chapters] from [Print Manual] at the top right of the page.
  • Print all pages for one category of the User's Guide
    Select the categories you want to have printed from [Print Manual] at the top right of the page.
  • Print selected pages
    Click [Print This Page] for the page you want to have printed.

[B-05] Uninstalling the User's Guide

The following describes how to uninstall the User's Guide installed on your computer.
IMPORTANT
Precautions when uninstalling the software

To uninstall the software, be sure to log on as a user with administrative rights.
A user without administrative rights cannot uninstall the software.
Contact your system administrator if you are not sure about your administrative rights.
Insert the supplied CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your computer.
CD-ROM Setup starts.
NOTE
If CD-ROM Setup does not appear
  • Windows Vista
    1. Click [Start] → [Start Search].
    2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
    The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.
  • Windows 2000, XP, and Server 2003
    1. Click [Start] → [Run].
    2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → click [OK].
    The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.
If the [AutoPlay] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Run AUTORUN.EXE].


If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Continue].

Click [Additional Software Programs].

Click [Start] for [Manual Uninstaller].
The window for uninstalling the User's Guide appears.
NOTE
If you are using Windows Vista (64-bit version)

NetSpot Device Installer for TCP/IP cannot be used; therefore, it is not displayed.

Click [Uninstall].
The uninstallation starts.
The uninstallation takes several minutes.

Click [Exit].
The uninstallation is completed.

Click [Back].

Click [Exit].
CD-ROM Setup closes.

[C-01] Legal Notices

This section describes regulations regarding use and disposal of the printer, classification of the printer under the International Energy Star-Program, and trademarks used in this manual.
Please read this information thoroughly before operating the printer.

Product Name

Safety regulations require the product's name to be registered.
In some regions where this product is sold, the following name(s) in parentheses ( ) may be registered instead.
LBP5050/LBP5050n (F151700)

FCC (Federal Communications Commission) (120 - 127 V model)

Laser Beam Printer, Model F151700

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.

If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
Use of shielded cable is required to comply with class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC Rules.

Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual. If such changes or modifications should be made, you could be required to stop operation of the equipment.

Canon U.S.A. Inc.
One Canon Plaza, Lake Success, NY 11042, U.S.A.
Tel No. (516) 328-5600

EMC Directive (220 - 240 V model)

"This equipment has been tested in a typical system to comply with the technical requirements of EMC Directive."

The product is in conformity with the EMC directive at nominal mains input 230 V, 50 Hz although the rated input of the product is 220 - 240 V, 50/60 Hz.

C-tick marking on the rating label means that we declare the product is in conformity with the relevant requirements at nominal mains input 230 V, 50 Hz although the rated input of the product is 220 - 240 V, 50/60 Hz.

Laser Safety

This product complies with 21 CFR Chapter 1 Subchapter J as a Class I laser product under the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. Also, this product is certified as a Class 1 laser product under IEC60825-1:1993 and EN60825-1:1994. This means that the product does not produce hazardous laser radiation.

Since radiation emitted inside the product is completely confined within protective housings and external covers, the laser beam cannot escape from the machine during any phase of user operation. Do not remove protective housings or external covers, except as directed by the equipment's manuals.

The label shown below is attached to the laser scanner unit inside the machine.



CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT
LASER KLASSE 1
APPAREIL A RAYONNEMENT LASER DE CLASSE 1
APPARECCHIO LASER DI CLASSE 1
PRODUCTO LASER DE CLASE 1
APARELHO A LASER DE CLASSE 1
CAUTION
Use of controls, adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those specified in this manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure.

International Energy Star-Program

As an ENERGY STAR Partner, Canon Inc. has determined that this product meets the ENERGY STAR Program for energy efficiency.

The International ENERGY STAR Office Equipment Program is an international program that promotes energy saving through the use of computers and other office equipment.

The program backs the development and dissemination of products with functions that effectively reduce energy consumption. It is an open system in which business proprietors can participate voluntarily.

The targeted products are office equipment, such as computers, displays, printers, facsimiles, and copiers. The standards and logos are uniform among participating nations.

WEEE Directive

European Union (and EEA) only.

This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according to the WEEE Directive (2002/96/EC) and your national law. This product should be handed over to a designated collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar product or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE). Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE. At the same time, your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources. For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling, please contact your local city office, waste authority, approved WEEE scheme or your household waste disposal service. For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products, please visit www.canon-europe.com/environment.

(EEA: Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein)

Trademarks

Copyright

Disclaimers

[C-02] Legal Limitations on the Usage of Your Product and the Use of Images

Using your product to scan, print or otherwise reproduce certain documents, and the use of such images as scanned, printed or otherwise reproduced by your product, may be prohibited by law and may result in criminal and/or civil liability. A non-exhaustive list of these documents is set forth below. This list is intended to be a guide only. If you are uncertain about the legality of using your product to scan, print or otherwise reproduce any particular document, and/or of the use of the images scanned, printed or otherwise reproduced, you should consult in advance with your legal advisor for guidance.

[D-01] Part Names and Functions

This printer is comprised of parts with various functions.
With an understanding of the names and functions of the parts, you will be able to use the printer properly and make the most of its features.

Front View

  1. Output Tray
    Outputs printed pages face down.
  2. Power Switch
    Turns the printer on and off.
  3. Lift Handles
    Hold these handles when moving the printer.
  4. Manual Feed Slot Cover
    Open when using the manual transfer guide.
  5. Control Panel
    • The control panel has a key for canceling a job.
    • The control panel also has indicators that show the printer status.
  6. Front Cover
    Open when replacing toner cartridges.
  7. Manual Feed Slot
    Slot for feeding one sheet of paper at a time during manual feed printing.
  8. Paper Guides
    Guides paper so that it feeds properly into the printer.
  9. Paper Cassette
    Load up to 150 sheets of plain paper (80 g/m2).

Rear View

  1. Ventilation Slots
    Allows ventilation of heat from inside the printer.
    Provide sufficient clearance around the ventilation slots so that heat can dissipate.
  2. Lift Handles
    Hold these handles when moving the printer.
  3. Reset Button*
    Press this button together with the power switch to reset the printer to the default settings.
  4. USB Port
    Connects the USB cable to the printer.
  5. Ethernet Port*
    Connects the Ethernet cable to the printer.
  6. 100 Indicator (Green)*
    Turns on or off depending on the Ethernet connection.
    On: Connected to 100BASE-TX network
    Off: Connected to 10BASE-T network
  7. LNK Indicator (Green)*
    Turns on when the Ethernet cable is connected.
    On: Network connection operating normally
  8. ERR Indicator (Orange)*
    Turns on or blinks when there is an Ethernet connection error.
    On/Blinking: Network board malfunction
  9. Rear Cover
    Open when clearing a paper jam.
  10. Power Socket
    Connect the supplied power cord to this socket.
  11. Rear Bottom Cover
    The rating label and MAC address are located on the rear bottom cover.
* Only on LBP5050n
WARNING
Do not block the ventilation slots

Blocking the ventilation slots may cause the printer to overheat, resulting in a fire.
NOTE
Parts exclusive to LBP5050n

The following parts are only available on LBP5050n.
  • Reset Button
  • Ethernet Port
  • 100 Indicator
  • LNK Indicator
  • ERR Indicator
LBP5050 is not designed for use on a network, and therefore, this model does not have these parts.

Control Panel (Indicators)

NOTE
Although not shown in the above illustration, the control panel is labeled with names on printer models sold in certain countries and regions.
Indicator types and their statuses
Number Name Status Refer to
1 Toner Indicator
(Blinking)
Printing cannot be performed because a toner cartridge needs to be replaced, or a toner cartridge is not installed properly. "Replacing Toner Cartridges"

(On)
A toner cartridge needs to be replaced.
2 Paper Source Indicator
(Blinking)
There is no paper or paper of the correct size is not loaded. "Loading Paper and Registering the Paper Size"
3 Paper Jam Indicator
(Blinking)
A paper jam has occurred and printing cannot be performed. "Paper Jams"
4 Alarm Indicator
(On)
A service error has occurred. "If the Alarm Indicator Turns On"

(Blinking)
An error has occurred and printing cannot be performed. "If the Alarm Indicator Is Blinking"
5 Ready Indicator
(On)
The printer is ready to print. -

(Blinking)
The printer is busy printing, warming up, or cleaning. -
6 Cancel Job Indicator
(On)
The Cancel Job key has been pressed. "Canceling a Print Job"

(Blinking)
A job is being canceled. "Canceling a Print Job"
Key
Number Name Function Refer to
6 Cancel Job Key Press this key to cancel the job that is currently being printed or a job with an error. "Canceling a Print Job"
NOTE
To check the printer status on a computer

Open the Printer Status Window.
"Displaying the Printer Status Window"

Interior View

  1. Toner Cartridge Tray
    Tray for installing the toner cartridges.

    Toner Cartridge Slots
  2. Y (Yellow)
    Location for installing the Y (yellow) toner cartridge.
  3. M (Magenta)
    Location for installing the M (magenta) toner cartridge.
  4. C (Cyan)
    Location for installing the C (cyan) toner cartridge.
  5. K (Black)
    Location for installing the K (black) toner cartridge.

Paper Source

There are two paper sources.

Paper cassette

  1. Paper Guides
    Adjust the paper guides to match the width of the paper.
  2. Guides
    Use the guides to align the position of the paper guides with the size of the standard paper size.
  3. Lock Release Lever
    Release the lock to move the paper guide toward you.
  4. Lock Release Lever
    Adjust the length of the paper cassette when loading paper longer than A4 size.
  5. Handle
    Use the handle when removing the paper cassette.
  6. Paper Guide
    Adjust the paper guide to match the length of the paper.
  7. Hooks
    Holds down the loaded paper.
  8. Load Limit Guides
    Indicates the maximum height of the paper stack that can be loaded in the paper cassette.

Manual feed slot

  1. Paper Guides
    Adjust the paper guides according to the paper width so that the paper is fed properly into the printer.
  2. Manual Feed Slot
    Open when a paper jam has occurred in the manual feed slot.
IMPORTANT
Amount of paper that can be loaded in the manual feed slot

Load one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot at a time. Loading two or more sheets of paper may result in paper jams or damage to the printer.

[D-02] Dimensions of Each Part

The following are the dimensions of the printer.

(Units: mm)

[D-03] Specifications

The following are the hardware and software specifications of the printer.

Hardware Specifications

LBP5050 LBP5050n
Type Desktop page printer
Printing method Electrophoto method (On-demand fixing)
Printing speed
(Plain paper (60 to 90 g/m2), when printing A4 paper continuously)
  • Black and white printing: 12 ppm*1*2
  • Color printing: 8 ppm*1*2
Warm-up time
(at 20°C (68°F))
Instant warm-up (25 seconds or less after the printer is turned on*3*4*5)
First print time
(When printing A4 paper)
  • Black and white printing: 22 seconds or less*6
  • Color printing: 28 seconds or less*5
Paper size
  • Standard sizes: A4, B5, A5, Legal, Letter, Executive, Statement, Foolscap, 16K, Envelope DL, Envelope COM10, Envelope C5, Envelope B5, Envelope Monarch and Index Card
  • Custom paper sizes: 76.2 to 215.9 mm wide and 127.0 to 355.6 mm long
Paper capacity Cassette Approx. 150 sheets (80 g/m2)
Manual feed slot One sheet (80 g/m2)
Paper output method Face-down
Output tray capacity Approx. 125 sheets (80 g/m2)
Noise (Declared noise emission in accordance with ISO 9296)
  • Lwad (declared A-weighted sound power level (1 B = 10 dB))
    • During standby: Background noise level
    • During operation:
      ECO: 6.32 B or less (black and white/color)
      BAM: 6.34 B or less (color), 6.32 B or less (black and white)
  • Sound pressure level (bystander position)
    • During standby: Background noise level
    • During operation: 48 dB (black and white)/47 dB (color)

Operating environment (Printer unit only)
  • Operating environment
    • Temperature: 10 to 30°C (50 to 86°F)
    • Humidity: 10 to 80% RH (no condensation)
CPU (network board) - AXIS ETRAX FS, 200 MHz
ROM (network board) - 2 MB (flash ROM)
RAM (network board) - 8 MB
Host interface USB interface Hi-Speed USB/USB
Network interface None Shared 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
(RJ-45) full duplex/half duplex
User interface Nine LED indicators, one operation key
Indicators (network board) None Three (ERR, LNK, 100)
Power supply 120-127 V (±10%), 50/60 Hz (±2 Hz), 220-240 V (±10%), 50/60 Hz (±2 Hz)
Power consumption (at 20°C (68°F)) 120 - 127 V
  • Maximum: Approx. 615 W or less
  • Average during operation
    Color printing: Approx. 200 W or less
    Black and white printing: Approx. 255 W or less
  • Average during standby: Approx. 11 W or less
  • Average during sleep mode: Approx. 4 W or less

220 - 240 V
  • Maximum: Approx. 665 W or less
  • Average during operation
    Color printing: Approx. 207 W or less
    Black and white printing: Approx. 253 W or less
  • Average during standby: Approx. 12 W or less
  • Average during sleep mode: Approx. 5 W or less
120 - 127 V
  • Maximum: Approx. 625 W or less
  • Average during operation
    Color printing: Approx. 210 W or less
    Black and white printing: Approx. 255 W or less
  • Average during standby: Approx. 15 W or less
  • Average during sleep mode: Approx. 8 W or less

220 - 240 V
  • Maximum: Approx. 680 W or less
  • Average during operation
    Color printing: Approx. 210 W or less
    Black and white printing: Approx. 258 W or less
  • Average during standby: Approx. 16 W or less
  • Average during sleep mode: Approx. 8 W or less
Consumables Toner Cartridges
  • Canon Cartridge 716 (Black)*7
  • Canon Cartridge 716 (Yellow)*7
  • Canon Cartridge 716 (Magenta)*7
  • Canon Cartridge 716 (Cyan)*7
Weight Printer unit and included parts
  • Printer unit (excluding toner cartridges): Approx. 16.0 kg
  • Toner cartridge (each): Approx. 0.6 kg
Consumables
  • Toner cartridge (genuine Canon toner cartridge) (each)*8: Approx. 0.6 kg

Specification precautions

*1 The print speed may drop depending on the settings for the paper size, paper type, number of pages printed, and fixing mode setting.
*2 If the printer is used continuously for an extended period of time, the internal temperature of the printer may increase, activating a safety mechanism and pausing printing temporarily.
*3 May vary depending on the usage conditions, such as the installation environment.
*4 Approximately 317 seconds when the printer is turned on after a toner cartridge is replaced.
*5 Approximately 20 seconds when a cover is opened or closed during sleep mode. ("Out-of-register colors" correction and calibration cannot be performed at this time.)
*6 May vary depending on the output environment.
*7 Average yield of the toner cartridges (The above average yields are on the basis of "ISO/IEC 19798" when printing A4 size paper with the default print density setting ("ISO/IEC 19798" is the global standard related to the "Method for the determination of toner cartridge yield for color printers and multi-function devices that contain printer components" issued by ISO (International Organization for Standardization).))
*8 Weight of Canon Cartridge 716 (Black, Yellow, Magenta, and Cyan)

Software Specifications

LBP5050 LBP5050n
Printing software Canon Advanced Printing Technology (CAPT) software
Printable area Data can be printed with a margin of 5.0 mm
(10 mm for envelopes)*1
Network board Supported protocol - TCP/IP
TCP/IP - Frame type: Ethernet II
Printing software - Windows Standard TCP/IP Port (Port 9100)*2

Specification precautions

*1 When printing data in the entire printable area of an envelope, you may not be able to obtain the optimum print quality.
It is recommended that you arrange the data so that it is printed smaller than the printable area.
*2 This printer supports Raw only. It does not support LPR.

[D-04] Toner Cartridges

Supported genuine Canon toner cartridges
IMPORTANT
Replacing the toner cartridges

Be sure to use only genuine Canon toner cartridges designed for this printer.
NOTE
Average yield of the toner cartridges
  • Replacement toner cartridges: 2,300 pages for K (Black) toner cartridge, and 1,500 pages for Composite C (Cyan), M (Magenta), and Y (Yellow) toner cartridges
  • Toner cartridges included with this printer: 800 pages for K (Black) toner cartridge, and 800 pages for Composite C (Cyan), M (Magenta), and Y (Yellow) toner cartridges
The toner cartridge yields conform to ISO/IEC 19798*.
  • A4 size plain paper
  • Print density at the default setting
* "ISO/IEC 19798" is the global standard related to "Method for the determination of toner cartridge yield for color printers and multi-function devices that contain printer components" issued by ISO (International Organization for Standardization).
Life of the toner cartridges

The life of the toner cartridges is affected by the following conditions.
  • Printing environment and conditions
    • Spaced printing
    • Paper size and paper type settings
  • Printing ratio
    • Toner is used even when printing with a low printing ratio.
  • Color printing
    • Multiple color toner cartridges may reach the end of their life at the same time.
  • Printer configuration
    • Black-and-white printing may affect the life of the color toner cartridges.
Toner and Toner Cartridge Availability

Toner cartridge for this machine will be available for at least seven (7) years (or any such longer period as required by applicable laws) after production of this machine model has been discontinued.

[D-05] CAPT Software (Printer Driver) and NetSpot Device Installer

The supplied CD-ROM contains the following software.

Printer Driver

The printer driver is software required for printing with this printer. Be sure to install the printer driver.
The following are the system requirements for the printer driver.

Operating System

* 32-bit processor version only

Recommended System Requirements

Windows Vista Windows 2000, XP, and Server 2003
CPU CPU and RAM conforming to recommended system requirements for Windows Vista 1.2 GHz or more
Available memory (RAM) 256 MB or more

Minimum System Requirements

Windows Vista Windows 2000, XP, and Server 2003
CPU CPU and RAM conforming to minimum system requirements for Windows Vista 300 MHz or more
Available memory (RAM) 128 MB or more
Available hard disk space The disk space displayed on the printer driver installation window
NOTE
Available memory

The actual amount of available memory varies depending on the system configuration of your computer and the software currently in use.
In any of the above system environments, print quality is not guaranteed.

Available hard disk space

This is the amount of hard disk space required for installing the printer driver and User's Guide during Easy Installation.
The available hard disk space varies depending on your system environment and the method of installation.

Be sure to read the Readme file.

Click [] on the installation window.

NetSpot Device Installer (LBP5050n Only)

NetSpot Device Installer is software that lets you easily initialize the settings of printers connected to the network. Use NetSpot Device Installer as needed if you want to reset the IP address manually without using CD-ROM Setup.
NOTE
NetSpot Device Installer

"NetSpot Device Installer"

[D-06] Using the CD-ROM

When the supplied CD-ROM is inserted into the CD-ROM drive, CD-ROM Setup appears automatically.
You can perform the following from the CD-ROM Setup.

CD-ROM Setup Menu

Easy Installation

Installs the printer driver and the User's Guide at the same time.

Custom Installation

Lets you install the printer driver only or the User's Guide only.

Additional Software Programs

Lets you start the following software programs.

Display Manuals
Lets you view the HTML User's Guide. You can click the [] button next to [User's Guide] to display the User's Guide.
NOTE
System requirements for viewing the User's Guide

  • Web browser
    Internet Explorer 5 or later
    Opera 9 or later
    Firefox 2 or later
  • Operating system
    An operating system on which the above Web browsers can run
  • Display
    Resolution of 800 × 600 pixels or higher
    256 display colors or more
Exit
Closes CD-ROM Setup.
NOTE
If CD-ROM Setup does not appear
  • Windows Vista
    1. Click [Start] → [Start Search].
    2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
    The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.
  • Windows 2000, XP, and Server 2003
    1. Click [Start] → [Run].
    2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → click [OK].
    The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.
If the [AutoPlay] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Run AUTORUN.EXE].

If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Continue].

[E-01] Preparations Before Installing the Printer (Printer Installation Conditions)

Install the printer in the following environment.

Temperature and Humidity Conditions

IMPORTANT
Protecting the printer from condensation
  • To prevent condensation from forming inside the printer in the following cases, let the printer adjust to the ambient temperature and humidity for at least two hours before use.
    • When the room where the printer is installed is heated rapidly
    • When the printer is moved from a cool or dry location to a hot or humid location

    If water droplets (condensation) form inside the printer, this can result in paper jams or poor print quality.
Installing the printer in a location with an ultrasonic humidifier
    When using an ultrasonic humidifier, it is recommended that you use water that is free of impurities, such as purified water. Using tap water or well water may cause the dispersal of impurities in the air, which can become trapped inside the printer, resulting in poor print quality.

Power Supply Requirements

IMPORTANT
Precautions when connecting the power cord
  • Use an AC power outlet exclusively for the printer.
  • Do not plug the power cord of the printer into an auxiliary outlet on a computer.
  • Do not use the same AC power outlet for both the printer and any of the following equipment.
    • Copy machine
    • Air conditioner
    • Shredder
    • Equipment that consumes a large amount of electricity
    • Equipment that generates electrical noise
Miscellaneous precautions
  • The following is the maximum power consumption of the printer.
    • LBP5050: Approx. 665 W or less for the 220 to 240 V model (and 615 W or less for 120 to 127 V model)
    • LBP5050n: Approx. 680 W or less for the 220 to 240 V model (and 625 W or less for 120 to 127 V model)
  • Electrical noise or a dramatic drop in mains voltage may cause the printer or computer to operate incorrectly or lose data.

Installation Requirements

WARNING
Do not install the printer in a location near alcohol, paint thinner, or other flammable substances.
    If flammable substances come into contact with electrical parts inside the printer, it may result in a fire or electrical shock.
Do not install the printer in the following locations, as this may result in a fire or electrical shock.
  • A damp or dusty location
  • A location exposed to smoke and steam, such as near a cookery or humidifier
  • A location exposed to rain or snow
  • A location near a water faucet or water
  • A location exposed to direct sunlight
  • A location subject to high temperatures
  • A location near open flames
CAUTION
Do not install the printer in the following locations, as this may cause the printer to fall or tip over, resulting in personal injury.
  • Unstable surface
  • A location subject to excessive vibrations
IMPORTANT
Do not install the printer in the following locations, as this may result in damage to the printer.
  • A location subject to dramatic changes in temperature or humidity
  • A location subject to condensation
  • A poorly ventilated location (If you use the printer for a long time or to perform a large amount of printing in a poorly ventilated room, the ozone or other odors generated by the printer may create an uncomfortable working environment. In addition, chemical particles are dispersed during printing; therefore, it is important to provide adequate ventilation.)
  • A location near equipment that generates magnetic or electromagnetic waves
  • A laboratory or location where chemical reactions occur
  • A location exposed to salt air, corrosive gases, or toxic gases
  • A location, such as on a carpet or mat, that may warp from the weight of the printer or where the printer is liable to sink

Installation Space

Provide sufficient space around the printer to be able to perform these operations smoothly. Required Installation Space
(Units: mm)
Position of Feet
(Units: mm)
NOTE
Height of the printer feet

The right feet are 1.0 mm high, and the bottom of the feet have a 12.0 × 12.0 mm square shape.
The left feet are 1.4 mm high, and the bottom of the feet have a 6.0 × 14.0 mm U shape at the front side and 7.0 × 14.0 mm U shape on the rear side.

[E-02] Confirming the Supplied Accessories

Before installing the printer, make sure that all of the supplied accessories are contained in the package.
If an item is missing or damaged, please contact your local authorized Canon dealer.

Printer Unit and Included Parts

The paper cassette and toner cartridges are already installed.
Printer unit Paper cassette cover Power cord*
* The type of power plug of the supplied power cord may differ from the one in the above illustration.
NOTE
About the paper cassette cover

Use the paper cassette cover when loading Legal size paper.
Interface cables
  • A USB cable is only supplied with the 220 - 240 V model in countries and regions in Asia. In other countries and regions, provide a USB cable according to the specifications of your computer. Use a USB cable with the following symbol.
  • Use a USB cable with the following symbol.

Supplied CD-ROMs

"LBP5050 User Software" CD-ROMs Contents
  • Canon Advanced Printing Technology (CAPT) software (printer driver)
  • User's Guide
  • NetSpot Device Installer

[E-03] Moving the Printer Unit to the Installation Site

The following describes the procedure for installing the printer for the first time.

Step 1: Installing the Printer Unit
Step 2: Removing the Packing Material

Step 1: Installing the Printer Unit

Remove the paper cassette.
Gently pull out the paper cassette with both hands.
CAUTION
Do not move the printer unit with the paper cassette installed.

Moving the printer with the paper cassette installed may cause the paper cassette to fall out, resulting in personal injury.

Do not move the printer unit with the cover opened

Make sure that the front cover and rear cover are securely closed before moving the printer unit.

Be sure to carry the printer unit by the lift handles.
The printer unit weighs approximately 18.5 kg (including the toner cartridges).
Have two or more people lift the printer unit.
Move the printer unit with the protective tape attached.
CAUTION
Carry the printer unit only by the lift handles.

Carrying the printer unit by the front surface, output area, or any part other than the lift handles can cause the printer unit to fall, resulting in personal injury.

Keep the printer unit balanced.

The rear of the printer unit is heavy. If you do not keep the printer unit balanced while lifting it, the printer unit may fall, resulting in personal injury.

Put the printer unit down carefully at the new installation site.

CAUTION
Lowering the printer unit

Be careful not to catch your hands.

Step 2: Removing the Packing Material

Remove the packing film.

Insert the paper cassette into the printer.
Push the paper cassette into the printer firmly until it is all the way in.
CAUTION
Precautions when inserting the paper cassette

When inserting the paper cassette, be careful not to catch your fingers.
IMPORTANT
Provide sufficient space around the printer.

Sufficient space is required to connect cables and clear paper jams.
"Preparations Before Installing the Printer (Printer Installation Conditions)"

Store the removed packing material.

The packing material is required if moving or servicing the printer.
NOTE
About the packing material

The packing material may be changed in form or placement, or may be added or removed without notice.

Open the rear cover.

Remove the packing material attached to both sides of the transfer roller.
  1. Pull the front edge of the packing material toward you.
  2. Remove the tab attached to the edge of the transfer roller.

[E-04] Preparing the Toner Cartridges

Before using the printer, remove the packing material (sealing tape) of the toner cartridges installed in the printer.

Preparing the Toner Cartridges

CAUTION
Precautions if you get toner on your hands or clothing

If toner gets on your hands or clothing, wash them immediately with cold water.
Washing with warm water sets the toner, making it impossible to remove the toner stains.
Gently open the front cover.

Remove the toner cartridge tray.
Pull the front handle.
NOTE
Order of the toner cartridges

Hold down the toner cartridge near the tab of the sealing tape.
IMPORTANT
About the supplied toner cartridges

Remove the sealing tape from the toner cartridges without removing the toner cartridges from the printer.

Remove the sealing tape (approximately 50 cm long).
  1. Grab the tab with your finger.
  2. Pull out the sealing tape straight in the direction of the arrow.
CAUTION
Be careful not to allow the toner to scatter.

Do not pull out the sealing tape forcefully or stop at midpoint, as this may cause toner to spill out.
If toner gets into your eyes or mouth, wash them immediately with cold water and consult a physician.
IMPORTANT
Pull the sealing tape completely out of the toner cartridge.

Gently pull up the sealing tape in the direction of the arrow. If the sealing tape breaks, you may not be able to fully remove it.
Any sealing tape not removed from the toner cartridge may result in poor print quality.
Dispose of the sealing tape according to local regulations.

If an error message is displayed

If the printer is turned on before the sealing tape is removed, an error message is displayed.
Turn off the printer, remove the sealing tape, and then turn the printer on again.

Repeat Steps 3 and 4 for each toner cartridge.
Make sure that all four sealing tapes have been removed.

Return the toner cartridge tray to its original position.

Gently close the front cover.
CAUTION
Precautions when closing the front cover

Be careful not to catch your fingers.
IMPORTANT
If you cannot close the front cover

Check if the toner cartridges are installed properly.
Do not try to forcefully close the front cover, as this may damage the printer.

Do not leave the front cover open for a long time after installing the toner cartridges.

This may result in poor print quality.
NOTE
About the packing material

The packing material may be changed in form or placement, or may be added or removed without notice.

Precautions for Handling Toner Cartridges

WARNING
Do not dispose of used toner cartridges in open flames

This may cause the toner remaining inside the cartridges to ignite, resulting in burns or fire.
CAUTION
Precautions if you get toner on your hands or clothing

If toner gets on your hands or clothing, wash them immediately with cold water.
Washing with warm water sets the toner, making it impossible to remove the toner stains.
IMPORTANT
Be careful when handling the toner cartridges.
  • Do not touch the drum.
    Touching or damaging the photosensitive drum inside the toner cartridge may result in deterioration in print quality.
  • Do not touch or jolt the toner cartridge memory (A).
  • Do not touch or hold the sensor (B).
  • Do not touch or hold the electrical contacts (C).
Precautions when installing or removing the toner cartridges
  • When removing used toner cartridges, be sure to immediately place them into the original protective bag or wrap them with a thick cloth.
  • When replacing a toner cartridge, be sure to replace the toner cartridge of the same color.
  • Do not expose the toner cartridges to direct sunlight or strong light.
  • Do not disassemble or modify the toner cartridges.
  • Condensation (water droplets on the inside or outside) may form on the toner cartridges when brought into an environment with a sudden change in temperature or humidity.
    When moving a new toner cartridge to a location with a higher temperature or humidity, leave the cartridge in the protective bag at the new location for two hours to allow it to adjust to the new environment.
  • Keep toner cartridges away from products that generate magnetic waves, such as a computer or computer display.

Be careful of counterfeit toners

Please be aware that there are counterfeit Canon toners in the marketplace. Use of counterfeit toner may result in poor print quality or machine performance. Canon is not responsible for any malfunction, accident or damage caused by the use of non-genuine Canon toner or counterfeit toner.

For more information, see http://www.canon.com/counterfeit.

[E-05] Connecting the Power Cord

CAUTION
To prevent electrical shock

Before connecting the power cord, be sure to remove the USB cable if it is connected.
IMPORTANT
Precautions when connecting the power cord

  • Do not plug the power cord of the printer into an auxiliary outlet on a computer.
  • One AC power outlet should be used exclusively for the printer.
  • Do not connect this printer to an uninterruptible power source (UPS). This may cause printer malfunction or damage during a power failure.
Make sure that the power switch of the printer is off.

Plug the supplied power cord into the power socket.

Connect the power cord.
Plug the power plug into the AC power outlet.

[E-06] Loading Paper and Registering the Paper Size

The method for loading paper varies depending on the paper source and the paper size.

Loading Standard Size Paper in the Paper Cassette

Usable standard paper size
Usable paper types

"Paper Requirements"

Loading Paper in the Paper Cassette

Remove the paper cassette.
Gently pull out the paper cassette with both hands.
CAUTION
Be sure to remove the paper cassette.

If paper is loaded with the paper cassette only partially open, the paper cassette may fall out or the printer may fall over, resulting in personal injury.

Slide the paper guides to the position of the size of the paper to be loaded.
  1. Slide the side paper guides so that they are aligned with the paper size (A).
  2. While holding the lock release lever at the front, slide the paper guide so that it is aligned with the paper size (B).
NOTE
Loading Legal size paper

Adjust the length of the paper cassette while holding the lock release lever (A) at the front right of the paper cassette.
When you extend the paper cassette, the extended portion sticks out in front of the printer.
Use the paper cassette cover.
"Confirming the Supplied Accessories"
Using the paper cassette guide

When loading standard size paper, slide the paper guides to match the position of the loaded paper.
  1. A5
  2. B5
  3. Executive
  4. Letter
  5. A4

Load the paper.
Align the paper with the rear of the paper cassette.
CAUTION
Precautions when loading paper

Be careful not to cut your hands with the edges of the paper.
NOTE
Align the paper stack when loading.

  • Fan the paper thoroughly and align the edges of the stack on a flat surface before loading the paper.
  • If the paper stack is not aligned, several sheets of paper may be fed at a time.
Loading paper with a front and back

When using paper with a letterhead or logo, load the paper as follows.
  • Load the paper with the side to be printed facing up.
  • Load the paper with the letterhead or logo facing the rear or left side of the paper cassette.

Place the paper under the hooks (A).
Make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the marks on the load limit guides (B).
NOTE
Paper cassette capacity

You can load approximately 150 sheets of paper in the paper cassette.
(Plain paper: 80 g/m2)

Insert the paper cassette into the printer.
Push the paper cassette into the printer firmly until it is all the way in.
CAUTION
Precautions when inserting the paper cassette

When inserting the paper cassette, be careful not to catch your fingers.

Registering the Paper Size

In the following cases, register the size of the paper loaded in the paper cassette.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Open the [Cassette Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Device Settings].
  3. Click [Cassette Settings].

Register the paper size.
  1. Select the paper size.
  2. Click [OK].
INFORMATION
Checking the paper size

By default, the printer checks whether the [Output Size] setting in the printing preferences and the size of the paper loaded in the paper cassette are the same.
If the paper sizes do not match, the following occurs.
  • A message appears in the Printer Status Window.
  • Printing pauses.
To resume printing, take one of the following actions.
  • Print using the paper size set in the printing preferences
    1. Load the correct paper into the paper cassette.
    2. Set the correct paper size for [Cassette Settings].
  • Print using the paper loaded in the paper cassette
    Click [] (Resolve Error).
To print using the loaded paper without checking the paper size

Perform the following procedure to set the printer not to check the paper size.
  1. Open the printing preferences dialog box.
    "Displaying the Printing Preferences (Document Properties) Dialog Box"
  2. Click the [Finishing] tab → [Finishing Details].
  3. Clear the [Detect Paper Size] check box.
When this check box is cleared, a message is not displayed even if the paper sizes do not match.
When [Paper Source] on the [Paper Source] sheet is set to [Auto], the printer checks the paper size regardless of the preceding setting.

About [Free Size]

If you select [Free Size] for [Cassette Settings], you do not have to change the setting each time you load different size paper.
However, if you select [Free Size], make sure that the [Output Size] setting on the [Page Setup] sheet matches the paper loaded in the paper cassette.

Loading Custom Size Paper or Paper at a Size of Statement, Foolscap or 16K in the Paper Cassette

Size of usable custom size paper Usable paper types

"Paper Requirements"

Loading Paper in the Paper Cassette

Remove the paper cassette.
Gently pull out the paper cassette with both hands.
CAUTION
Be sure to remove the paper cassette

If paper is loaded with the paper cassette only partially open, the paper cassette may fall out or the printer may fall over, resulting in personal injury.

Load the paper.
Align the paper with the rear of the paper cassette.
CAUTION
Precautions when loading paper

Be careful not to cut your hands with the edges of the paper.
NOTE
Align the paper stack when loading.

  • Fan the paper thoroughly and align the edges of the stack on a flat surface before loading the paper.
  • If the paper stack is not aligned, several sheets of paper may be fed at a time.
Loading paper with a front and back

When using paper with a letterhead or logo, load the paper as follows.
  • Load the paper with the side to be printed facing up.
  • Load the paper with the letterhead or logo facing the rear or left side of the paper cassette.

Slide the paper guides to the position of the size of the loaded paper.
  1. Slide the side paper guides so that they are aligned with the width of the paper.
  2. While holding the lock release lever at the front, slide the paper guide so that it is aligned with the length of the paper size.

Place the paper under the hooks (A).
Make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the marks on the load limit guides (B).
NOTE
Paper cassette capacity

You can load up to approximately 150 sheets of paper in the paper cassette.
(Plain paper: 80 g/m2)

Insert the paper cassette into the printer.
Push the paper cassette into the printer firmly until it is all the way in.
CAUTION
Precautions when inserting the paper cassette

When inserting the paper cassette, be careful not to catch your fingers.

Registering Custom Size Paper or Paper at a Size of Statement, Foolscap or 16K

To use custom size, Statement, Foolscap, or 16K paper that is not registered in the printer driver, use the following procedure to register the paper size.
After registering the paper size, you can select the paper from the list of available paper sizes.
IMPORTANT
Precautions when registering custom size paper

  • To register custom size paper, be sure to log on as a user with administrative rights.
  • A user without administrative rights cannot register custom size paper.
  • Contact your system administrator if you are not sure about your administrative rights.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Open the [Cassette Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Device Settings].
  3. Click [Cassette Settings].

Register the paper size.
  1. Select the paper size.
  2. Click [OK].

Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
  • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
  • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
  • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
  • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [File].
  3. Click [Printing Preferences].
NOTE
If you are using Windows Vista

By default, the menu bar is not displayed.
Use the following procedure to display the menu bar.
  1. Click [Organize] on the toolbar.
  2. Click [Layout].
  3. Select [Menu Bar].

Open the [Custom Paper Size Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click the [Page Setup] tab.
  2. Click [Custom Paper Size].

Select and enter the following options as needed.
  • [Name of Custom Paper Size]: Name of the custom paper size
  • [Unit]: Unit of the paper size
  • [Paper Size]: Height and width of the custom paper
NOTE
Setting restrictions

The height value of the paper size must be greater than the width value.

About [Name of Custom Paper Size]
  • The name must not exceed 31 characters.
  • The number of custom paper sizes that can be entered depends on the system environment.

Click [Register].
The name and size of the registered custom paper are displayed in [Paper List].
INFORMATION
Checking the paper size

By default, the printer checks whether the [Output Size] setting in the printing preferences and the size of the paper loaded in the paper cassette are the same.
If the paper sizes do not match, the following occurs.
  • A message appears in the Printer Status Window.
  • Printing pauses.
To resume printing, take one of the following actions.
  • Print using the paper size set in the printing preferences
    1. Load the correct paper into the paper cassette.
    2. Set the correct paper size for [Cassette Settings].
  • Print using the paper loaded in the paper cassette
    Click [] (Resolve Error).
To print using the loaded paper without checking the paper size

Perform the following procedure to set the printer not to check the paper size.
  1. Open the printing preferences dialog box.
    "Displaying the Printing Preferences (Document Properties) Dialog Box"
  2. Click the [Finishing] tab → [Finishing Details].
  3. Clear the [Detect Paper Size] check box.
When this check box is cleared, a message is not displayed even if the paper sizes do not match.
When [Paper Source] on the [Paper Source] sheet is set to [Auto], the printer checks the paper size regardless of the preceding setting.

About [Free Size]

If you select [Free Size] for [Cassette Settings], you do not have to change the setting each time you load different size paper. However, if you select [Free Size], make sure that the [Output Size] setting on the [Page Setup] sheet matches the paper loaded in the paper cassette.

Loading Index Cards or Envelopes in the Paper Cassette

The following describes how to load envelopes in the paper cassette.
Remove the paper cassette.
Gently pull out the paper cassette with both hands.
CAUTION
Be sure to remove the paper cassette.

If paper is loaded with the paper cassette only partially open, the paper cassette may fall out or the printer may fall over, resulting in personal injury.

Load the envelopes.
Align the envelopes with the rear of the paper cassette.
CAUTION
Precautions when loading envelopes or index cards

Be careful not to cut your hands with the edges of the envelopes or index cards.
NOTE
Aligning the envelopes

  1. Place the stack of envelopes on a flat surface and flatten them to release any remaining air.
  2. Be sure that the edges are pressed tightly.
  3. Loosen any stiff corners of the envelopes and flatten any curls.
  4. Align the edges of the envelopes on a flat surface.
Loading envelopes into the paper cassette

Load the envelopes as follows.
  • When loading envelopes at sizes of DL, COM10, C5, Monarch, or B5, load them so that the side for writing the address (side without glue) is facing up.
  • Load envelopes with the flap facing toward the left when viewed from the front of the printer.
Loading index cards into the paper cassette

Load index cards in portrait orientation.

Align the position of the paper guides with the size of the envelopes.
  1. Slide the side paper guides so that they are aligned with the width of the envelopes.
  2. While holding the lock release lever at the front, slide the paper guide so that it is aligned with the length of the envelopes.

Place the envelopes under the hooks (A).
Make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the marks on the load limit guides (B).
NOTE
Paper cassette capacity

You can load approximately 10 envelopes or 15 index cards in the paper cassette.

Insert the paper cassette into the printer.
Push the paper cassette into the printer firmly until it is all the way in.
CAUTION
Precautions when inserting the paper cassette

When inserting the paper cassette, be careful not to catch your fingers.

Loading Standard Size Paper, Custom Size Paper, Paper at a Size of Statement, Foolscap or 16K, Index Cards, or Envelopes in the Manual Feed Slot

Usable standard paper size Size of usable custom size paper Usable paper types

"Paper Requirements"
Slide the paper guides of the manual feed slot to the outside.
Align the paper guides to a width slightly larger than the width of the paper.

Load one sheet of paper.
Insert the paper into the manual feed slot until it catches. The paper is fed to the printer automatically. (The paper is not fed when the printer is printing or during sleep mode.)
Load only one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot at a time.

Align the position of the paper guides with the size of the paper.
IMPORTANT
Be sure to align the paper guides with the width of the paper.

If the paper guides are not aligned properly with the paper, this may result in paper jams.
NOTE
Loading paper with a front and back

When using paper with a letterhead or logo, load the paper as follows.
  • Load the paper with the side to be printed facing up.
  • Insert the paper by the side with the letterhead or logo.
When paper is loaded in the manual feed slot

You do not need to register the paper size.
Select the appropriate paper size in the application, and then print the document.
"Basic Printing Procedure"

[E-07] Installing the Printer Driver from the CD-ROM (Windows Vista)

This procedure describes how to install the printer driver from the CD-ROM on Windows Vista when using a USB cable to connect the printer to a computer.

Step 1: Connecting a USB Cable
Step 2: Installing the Printer Driver from the CD-ROM
Step 3: After Installation
IMPORTANT
If your hard disk does not have sufficient space to install the software

A message indicating that your hard disk does not have sufficient space appears during installation.
Cancel the installation, free up space on your hard disk, and then reinstall the software.

Step 1: Connecting a USB Cable

Make sure that the printer and computer are turned off.


Connect the USB cable to the printer.
Connect the end of the USB cable that matches the shape of the USB port.

Connect the USB cable to the computer.
Connect the end of the USB cable that matches the shape of the USB port.

Step 2: Installing the Printer Driver from the CD-ROM

Turn on the computer and start Windows.
Be sure to log on as a user with administrative rights.
IMPORTANT
If you are not sure about your administrative rights

Contact your system administrator.

If a wizard or dialog box appears during the Plug and Play automatic setup

Click [Cancel], turn off the printer, and use the following procedure to install the printer driver.

Insert the supplied CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your computer.
If the CD-ROM is already in the drive, eject the disk and reinsert it into the drive.
Please wait until CD-ROM Setup appears.
NOTE
If CD-ROM Setup does not appear

  1. Click [Start] → [Start Search].
  2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
    The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.

If the [AutoPlay] dialog box appears

Click [Run AUTORUN.EXE].

If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears

Click [Continue].

Click [Easy Installation].
The following software programs are installed.
  • Printer Driver
  • User's Guide
NOTE
If you do not want to install the User's Guide

Click [Custom Installation].

Click [Install].
If you clicked [Custom Installation] in Step 3, clear the [Online Manuals] check box.

Read the license agreement, and then click [Yes].

Click [Next].

Select the method of installation.
  1. Select [Install with USB Connection].
  2. Click [Next].

Configure the Windows Firewall setting.
When the following message appears, select [Yes] or [No].
  • [Yes]: To add the printer driver to the Windows Firewall exceptions list
  • [No]: When not using an Ethernet cable to connect the printer and the computer on which the printer driver is being installed

Click [Yes].

When the following dialog box appears, turn on the printer.
The installation starts.
NOTE
Installation time when connected with a USB cable

It may take time to install the software depending on your environment.

If the USB cable is connected but the printer is not automatically recognized

"Installation Problems"

If the [Windows Security] dialog box appears

Click [Install this driver software anyway].

Go to the step indicated below depending on the installation method selected in Step 3.
  • If you selected [Easy Installation], go to Step 12.
  • If you selected [Custom Installation], go to Step 13.

The installation of the User's Guide starts.
Wait until the dialog box disappears.
The installation takes several minutes.

Check the installation results, and click [Next].
NOTE
If the software does not install properly

"Installation Problems"

Restart your computer.
  1. Select the [Restart Computer Now (Recommended)] check box.
  2. Click [Restart].
NOTE
Removing the CD-ROM

After the installation of the printer driver is finished, you can remove the CD-ROM from the CD-ROM drive of your computer.

Using the User's Guide

"Viewing the User's Guide"
"Searching for Information"

Step 3: After Installation

The following icons and menu are added to the following locations.

Items added after installation of the User's Guide

[E-08] Installing the Printer Driver from the CD-ROM (Windows XP and Server 2003)

This procedure describes how to install the printer driver from the CD-ROM in Windows XP and Server 2003 when using a USB cable to connect the printer to the computer.

Step 1: Connecting a USB Cable
Step 2: Installing the Printer Driver from the CD-ROM
Step 3: After Installation

These procedures are described using screenshots from Windows XP Professional.
IMPORTANT
If your hard disk does not have sufficient space to install the software

A message indicating this appears during installation.
Cancel the installation, free up space on your hard disk, and then reinstall the printer driver.

Step 1: Connecting a USB Cable

Make sure that the printer and computer are turned off.


Connect the USB cable to the printer.
Connect the end of the USB cable that matches the shape of the USB port.

Connect the USB cable to the computer.
Connect the end of the USB cable that matches the shape of the USB port.

Step 2: Installing the Printer Driver from the CD-ROM

Turn on the computer and start Windows.
Be sure to log on as a user with administrative rights.
IMPORTANT
If you are not sure about your administrative rights

Contact your system administrator.
If a wizard or dialog box appears during the Plug and Play automatic setup

Click [Cancel], turn off the printer, and use this procedure to install the printer driver.

Insert the supplied CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your computer.
If the CD-ROM is already in the drive, eject the disk and reinsert it into the drive.
Please wait until CD-ROM Setup appears.
NOTE
If CD-ROM Setup does not appear

  1. Click [Start] → [Run].
  2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → click [OK].
    The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.

Click [Easy Installation].
The following software programs are installed.
  • Printer Driver
  • User's Guide
NOTE
If you do not want to install the User's Guide

Click [Custom Installation].

Click [Install].
If you clicked [Custom Installation] in Step 3, clear the [Online Manuals] check box.

Read the license agreement, and then click [Yes].

Click [Next].


Select the method of installation.

  1. Select [Install with USB Connection].
  2. Click [Next].

Click [Yes].
NOTE
If the [Hardware Installation] dialog box appears

Click [Continue Anyway].

When the following dialog box appears, turn on the printer.
The installation starts.
NOTE
Installation time when connected with a USB cable

It may take time to install the software depending on your environment.

If the USB cable is connected but the printer is not automatically recognized

"Installation Problems"

If the [Hardware Installation] dialog box appears

Click [Continue Anyway].

Go to the step indicated below depending on the installation method selected in Step 3.
  • If you selected [Easy Installation], go to Step 11.
  • If you selected [Custom Installation], go to Step 12.

The installation of the User's Guide starts.

Wait until the dialog box disappears.
The installation takes several minutes.

Check the installation results, and then click [Next].
NOTE
If the software does not install properly

"Installation Problems"

Restart your computer.
  1. Select the [Restart Computer Now (Recommended)] check box.
  2. Click [Restart].
NOTE
Removing the CD-ROM

After the installation of the printer driver is finished, you can remove the CD-ROM from the CD-ROM drive of your computer.

Using the User's Guide

"Viewing the User's Guide"
"Searching for Information"

Step 3: After Installation

The following icons and menu are added to the following locations.

Items added after installation of the User's Guide

[E-09] Installing the Printer Driver from the CD-ROM (Windows 2000)

This procedure describes how to install the printer driver from the CD-ROM in Windows 2000 when a USB cable is connected to the printer.

Step 1: Connecting a USB Cable
Step 2: Installing the Printer Driver from the CD-ROM
Step 3: After Installation
IMPORTANT
If your hard disk does not have sufficient space to install the software

A message indicating this appears during installation.
Cancel the installation, free up space on your hard disk, and then reinstall the software.

Step 1: Connecting a USB Cable

Make sure that the printer and computer are turned off.


Connect the USB cable to the printer.
Connect the end of the USB cable that matches the shape of the USB port.

Connect the USB cable to the computer.
Connect the end of the USB cable that matches the shape of the USB port.

Step 2: Installing the Printer Driver from the CD-ROM

Turn on the computer and start Windows.
Be sure to log on as a user with administrative rights.
IMPORTANT
If you are not sure about your administrative rights

Contact your system administrator.
If a wizard or dialog box appears during the Plug and Play automatic setup

Click [Cancel], turn off the printer, and use this procedure to install the printer driver.

Insert the supplied CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your computer.
If the CD-ROM is already in the drive, eject the disk and reinsert it into the drive.
Please wait until CD-ROM Setup appears.
NOTE
If CD-ROM Setup does not appear

  1. Click [Start] → [Run].
  2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → click [OK].
    The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.

Click [Easy Installation].
The following software programs are installed.
  • Printer Driver
  • User's Guide
NOTE
If you do not want to install the User's Guide

Click [Custom Installation].

Click [Install].
If you clicked [Custom Installation] in Step 3, clear the [Online Manuals] check box.

Read the license agreement, and then click [Yes].

Click [Next].

Select the method of installation.
  1. Select [Install with USB Connection].
  2. Click [Next].

Click [Yes].
NOTE
If the [Digital Signature Not Found] dialog box appears

Click [Yes].

When the following dialog box appears, turn on the printer.
The installation starts.
NOTE
Installation time when connected with a USB cable

It may take time to install the software depending on your environment.

If the USB cable is connected but the printer is not automatically recognized

"Installation Problems"

Go to the step indicated below depending on the installation method selected in Step 3.
  • If you selected [Easy Installation], go to Step 11.
  • If you selected [Custom Installation], go to Step 12.

The installation of the User's Guide starts.
Wait until the dialog box disappears.
The installation takes several minutes.

Check the installation results, and then click [Next].
NOTE
If the software does not install properly

"Installation Problems"

Restart your computer.

  1. Select the [Restart Computer Now (Recommended)] check box.
  2. Click [Restart].
NOTE
Removing the CD-ROM

After the installation of the printer driver is finished, you can remove the CD-ROM from the CD-ROM drive of your computer.

Using the User's Guide

"Viewing the User's Guide"
"Searching for Information"

Step 3: After Installation

The following icons and menu are added to the following locations.

Items added after installation of the User's Guide

[E-10] Installing the Printer Driver with Plug and Play (Windows Vista)

This procedure describes how to install the printer driver in Windows Vista with Plug and Play.

Step 1: Connecting a USB Cable
Step 2: Installing the Printer Driver with Plug and Play
Step 3: After Installation

Step 1: Connecting a USB Cable

Make sure that the printer and computer are turned off.


Connect the USB cable to the printer.
Connect the end of the USB cable that matches the shape of the USB port.

Connect the USB cable to the computer.
Connect the end of the USB cable that matches the shape of the USB port.

Turn on the printer.

Step 2: Installing the Printer Driver with Plug and Play

Turn on the computer and start Windows.
Be sure to log on as a user with administrative rights.
After a short while, the [Found New Hardware Wizard] dialog box appears.
IMPORTANT
If you are not sure about your administrative rights

Contact your system administrator.

Click [Locate and install driver software (recommended)].
IMPORTANT
If you have previously installed the printer driver for this printer to your computer

The printer driver is installed automatically without displaying the preceding dialog box.

To update (or manually install) the printer driver

The printer driver is installed automatically when you perform the following operation.
"Installing the Printer Driver from the CD-ROM (Windows Vista)"
NOTE
If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears

Click [Continue].
If the [Allow Windows to search online for driver software for CanonLBP5050?] dialog box appears

Click [Don't search online].

Click [I don't have the disc. Show me other options.].

Click [Browse my computer for driver software (advanced)].

Insert the supplied CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive, and then click [Browse].
If CD-ROM Setup appears, click [Exit].


Select a folder.
  1. Select the folder containing the driver.
    • 32-bit version: D:\English\32bit\Win2K_Vista
    • 64-bit version: D:\English\x64\Driver
  2. Click [OK].
The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.
NOTE
To check the processor version of Windows Vista

Perform the following procedure to determine which version of Windows Vista you are using.
  1. Click [Start] → [Control Panel].
  2. Click [System and Maintenance] → [System].
  3. Check the processor version for [System type].
    • 32-bit version: "32-bit Operating System" is displayed.
    • 64-bit version: "64-bit Operating System" is displayed.

Click [Next].
The installation starts.
NOTE
If the [Windows Security] dialog box appears

Click [Install this driver software anyway].

Click [Close].
NOTE
Removing the CD-ROM

After the installation of the printer driver is finished, you can remove the CD-ROM from the CD-ROM drive of your computer.

Step 3: After Installation

The following icons and menu are added to the following locations.

[E-11] Installing the Printer Driver with Plug and Play (Windows XP and Server 2003)

This procedure describes how to install the printer driver in Windows XP and Server 2003 with Plug and Play.

Step 1: Connecting a USB Cable
Step 2: Installing the Printer Driver with Plug and Play
Step 3: After Installation

These procedures are described using screenshots from Windows XP Professional.

Step 1: Connecting a USB Cable

Make sure that the printer and computer are turned off.


Connect the USB cable to the printer.
Connect the end of the USB cable that matches the shape of the USB port.

Connect the USB cable to the computer.
Connect the end of the USB cable that matches the shape of the USB port.

Turn on the printer.

Step 2: Installing the Printer Driver with Plug and Play

Turn on the computer and start Windows.
Be sure to log on as a user with administrative rights.
After a short while, the [Add New Hardware Wizard] dialog box appears.
IMPORTANT
If you are not sure about your administrative rights

Contact your system administrator.

Insert the supplied CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your computer.
If the CD-ROM is already in the drive, eject the disk and reinsert it into the drive.
If CD-ROM Setup appears, click [Exit].

Select the method of installation.
  1. Select [Install from a list or specific location (Advanced)].
  2. Click [Next].
NOTE
If the following dialog box appears
A. Select the option for connecting to Windows Update.
  1. Select [No, not this time].
  2. Click [Next].
B. Select the method of installation.
  1. Select [Install from a list or specific location (Advanced)].
  2. Click [Next].

Select [Search for the best driver in these locations].

Perform the following procedure.
  1. Clear the [Search removable media (floppy, CD-ROM)] check box.
  2. Select the [Include this location in the search] check box.
  3. Click [Browse].

Select the folder containing the driver.
  1. Select [E:\English\32bit\Win2K_Vista].
  2. Click [OK].
The CD-ROM drive name ("E:") may differ depending on your computer.

Click [Next].
The installation starts.
NOTE
If the [Hardware Installation] dialog box appears

Click [Continue Anyway].

Click [Finish].
The installation of the printer driver is finished.
NOTE
Removing the CD-ROM

After the installation of the printer driver is finished, you can remove the CD-ROM from the CD-ROM drive of your computer.
INFORMATION
If you are using a computer with Windows Firewall enabled as the print server

You must perform the following procedure to configure Windows Firewall to unblock communication with the client computer.
  1. Open the [Windows Firewall] dialog box.
    • Windows XP: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Network and Internet Connections] → [Windows Firewall].
    • Windows Server 2003: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Windows Firewall]
  2. Click the [Exceptions] tab.
  3. Select the [File and Printer Sharing] check box.
  4. Click [OK].

Step 3: After Installation

The following icons and menu are added to the following locations.

[E-12] Installing the Printer Driver with Plug and Play (Windows 2000)

This procedure describes how to install the printer driver in Windows 2000 with Plug and Play.

Step 1: Connecting a USB Cable
Step 2: Installing the Printer Driver with Plug and Play
Step 3: After Installation

Step 1: Connecting a USB Cable

Make sure that the printer and computer are turned off.


Connect the USB cable to the printer.
Connect the end of the USB cable that matches the shape of the USB port.

Connect the USB cable to the computer.
Connect the end of the USB cable that matches the shape of the USB port.

Turn on the printer.

Step 2: Installing the Printer Driver with Plug and Play

Turn on the computer and start Windows.
Be sure to log on as a user with administrative rights.
After a short while, the [Found New Hardware Wizard] dialog box appears.
IMPORTANT
If you are not sure about your administrative rights

Contact your system administrator.

Click [Next].

Select a search method.
  1. Select [Search for a suitable driver for my device (recommended)].
  2. Click [Next].
NOTE
Device name

[Unknown] may be displayed as the name of the device.

Perform the following procedure.
  1. Clear the [Floppy disk drives] and [CD-ROM drives] check boxes.
  2. Select the [Specify a location] check box.
  3. Click [Next].

Insert the supplied CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your computer, and then click [Browse].
If CD-ROM Setup appears, click [Exit].

Specify the file location.
  1. Select [E:\English\32bit\Win2K_Vista] → [CNAC8STK.INF].
  2. Click [Open].
The CD-ROM drive name ("E:") may differ depending on your computer.

Make sure that the folder to be browsed is displayed in the [Copy manufacturer's files from] field, and then click [OK].

Click [Next].
The installation starts.
NOTE
If the [Digital Signature Not Found] dialog box appears

Click [Yes].

Click [Finish].
The installation of the printer driver is finished.
NOTE
Removing the CD-ROM

After the installation of the printer driver is finished, you can remove the CD-ROM from the CD-ROM drive of your computer.

Step 3: After Installation

The following icons and menu are added to the following locations.

[E-13] Installing the Printer Driver from the CD-ROM (When Connected Using an Ethernet Cable)

About the network environment

The LBP5050n supports 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX connections.
Step 1: Connecting an Ethernet Cable
Step 2: Installing the Printer Driver from the CD-ROM
Step 3: After Installation

These procedures are described using screenshots from Windows XP Professional.
IMPORTANT
Network-ready printer model

Only LBP5050n is designed for use on a network.
LBP5050 only has a USB interface.
If your hard disk does not have sufficient space to install the software

A message indicating this appears during installation. Cancel the installation, free up space on your hard disk, and then reinstall the software.
NOTE
About the Ethernet cable
  • The printer does not come with Ethernet cables or a hub. Provide these as needed.
    Use a Category 5 twisted pair Ethernet cable.
  • To connect the printer to a 100BASE-TX Ethernet network, the Ethernet connection equipment (hub and Ethernet cable) must support 100BASE-TX.
    Contact your local authorized Canon dealer for more details.

Step 1: Connecting an Ethernet Cable

Make sure that the printer and computer are turned off.


Connect the Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port on the printer.
Use an Ethernet network cable.

Connect the other end of the Ethernet cable to the hub.

Turn on the printer.

Make sure that the LNK indicator (green) on the printer is on.
(A): 100 indicator, (B): LNK indicator, (C): ERR indicator
  • 10BASE-T: LNK indicator is on
  • 100BASE-TX: LNK indicator and 100 indicator are on
NOTE
Parts exclusive to LBP5050n

The following parts are only available on LBP5050n.
  • Reset Button
  • Ethernet Port
  • 100 Indicator
  • LNK Indicator
  • ERR Indicator
LBP5050 is not designed for use on a network, and therefore, this model does not have these parts.

When the ERR indicator turns on or no indicators turn on

Perform the following procedure.
  1. Turn off the printer.
  2. Check the Ethernet cable connection and hub status.
  3. If there are no problems, turn on the printer.
If the printer does not operate properly after it is turned back on, the network board may be damaged.
"Network Troubleshooting (LBP5050n Only)"

Step 2: Installing the Printer Driver from the CD-ROM

Turn on the computer and start Windows.
Be sure to log on as a user with administrative rights.
IMPORTANT
If you are not sure about your administrative rights

Contact your system administrator.

Insert the supplied CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your computer.
If the CD-ROM is already in the drive, eject the disk and reinsert it into the drive.
Please wait until CD-ROM Setup appears.
NOTE
If CD-ROM Setup does not appear
  • Windows Vista
    1. Click [Start] → [Start Search].
    2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
    The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.
  • Windows 2000, XP, and Server 2003
    1. Click [Start] → [Run].
    2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → click [OK].
    The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.

If the [AutoPlay] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Run AUTORUN.EXE].


If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Continue].

Click [Easy Installation].
The following software programs are installed.
  • Printer Driver
  • User's Guide
NOTE
If you do not want to install the User's Guide

Click [Custom Installation].

Click [Install].
If you clicked [Custom Installation] in Step 3, clear the [Online Manuals] check box.

Read the license agreement, and then click [Yes].


Click [Next].

Select the method of installation.
  1. Select [Search for Network Printers to Install (for Network Models)].
  2. Click [Next].
NOTE
If Windows Firewall is enabled
  • Windows Vista
    When the following message appears, select [Yes] or [No].
    • [Yes]: Click this to unblock Windows Firewall and search for a printer that does not have an IP address assigned.
    • [No]: Click this if the IP address is already configured.
  • Windows XP Service Pack 2 or later and Server 2003 Service Pack 1 or later
    When the following message appears, select [Yes] or [No].
    • [Yes]: To search for a printer on the network (Normally, select this.)
    • [No]: When using utility software to configure the IP address of the printer

Perform either of the following procedures depending on the content displayed for [Product Name] in [Printer List].
NOTE
If no devices are displayed in [Printer List]

Perform the following procedure.
  1. Make sure that the printer and computer are connected to the network.
  2. Make sure that the printer is on.
  3. Click [Auto Search Again] to search again for printers on the network.
  4. Click [Manual Search by IP Address].
  5. Enter the IP address of the printer to be installed in the following dialog box.
    The default IP address of the printer is [192.168.0.215].
  6. Click [OK].
  7. If a device is displayed in [Printer List] after performing this procedure, select the procedure for A or B.

A: If [LBP5050] is displayed in [Product Name]

Add the displayed LBP5050 to [Printer List for Driver Installation].
  1. Select the displayed LBP5050.
  2. Click [Add].
NOTE
If [192.168.0.215] is displayed in [IP Address]

This is the default IP address of the printer. Change the IP address after installation, as needed.

If you changed the IP address after installation

If you changed the IP address of the printer after installing the printer driver, reconfigure the port to be used for the printer driver.
"After changing the IP address (Changing the port)"

Perform the following procedure.
  1. Make sure that [LBP5050] is added to [Printer List for Driver Installation].
  2. Select the [Set Printer Information] check box.
  3. Click [Next].

Set the printer information.
  • [Printer Name]: To change the printer name, enter a new name.
  • [Set as Default]: Select this check box to use this printer as the default printer.
  • [Use as Shared Printer]: Select this check box to use the computer on which the printer driver is being installed as a print server.
  • [Shared Name]: Change the shared name as needed.
NOTE
When using computers with different operating systems on the network

To share the printer on a network, perform the following procedure. Windows 2000 does not support a driver added to a 64-bit operating system.
  • When the printer is shared on a network with computers running Windows Vista (64-bit version)
    1. Click [Additional Drivers].
    2. Select [Windows Vista (x86)/Server 2003 (x86)/XP/2000].
    3. Click [OK].
  • When the printer is shared on a network with computers running Windows XP, Server 2003, and Vista (32-bit version)
    1. Click [Additional Drivers].
    2. Select [Windows Vista (x64)].
    3. Click [OK].

Click [Next].

Click [Start].
NOTE
If Windows Firewall is enabled (Windows Vista)
When this message appears, click [Yes].

Click [Yes].
The installation starts.
NOTE
If the following dialog box appears
  • Windows Vista: If the [Windows Security] dialog box appears, click [Install this driver software anyway]
  • Windows XP and Server 2003: If the [Hardware Installation] dialog box appears, click [Continue Anyway].
  • Windows 2000: If the [Digital Signature Not Found] dialog box appears, click [Yes].

Go to the step indicated below depending on the installation method selected on the CD-ROM Setup menu.
  • If you selected [Easy Installation], go to Step 8.
  • If you selected [Custom Installation], go to Step 9.

The installation of the User's Guide starts.
Wait until the dialog box disappears.
The installation takes several minutes.

Check the installation results, and then click [Next].
NOTE
If the software does not install properly

"Installation Problems"

Restart your computer.
  1. Select the [Restart Computer Now (Recommended)] check box.
  2. Click [Restart].
NOTE
Removing the CD-ROM

After the installation of the printer driver is finished, you can remove the CD-ROM from the CD-ROM drive of your computer.

Using the User's Guide

"Viewing the User's Guide"
"Searching for Information"

B: If [Unknown Device] is displayed in [Product Name]

Open the [Set IP Address] dialog box.
  1. Select [Unknown Device].
  2. Click [Set IP Address].
NOTE
If [Unknown Device] appears for multiple devices

Perform the following procedure.
  1. Disconnect all other existing devices except for the printer from the network.
  2. Click [Auto Search Again].
  3. Make sure that there is only one [Unknown Device], and then go to Step 2 below.
    After installation, restore all existing devices to their original condition.

Configure the IP address.
  1. Enter the IP address of the printer
    • [Get automatically]: Obtains the IP address by using DHCP.
    • [Use the following IP address]: You can directly specify the IP address of the printer.
      (Enter the IP address in the format "xxx.xxx.x.xx" using a period as the separator.)
      The default IP address of the printer is [192.168.0.215].
  2. Click [OK].
NOTE
Using DHCP

A DHCP server must be started.
Contact your network administrator for the DHCP server settings.

Add the displayed LBP5050 to [Printer List for Driver Installation].
  1. Select the displayed LBP5050.
  2. Click [Add].

Perform the following procedure.
  1. Make sure that [LBP5050] is added to [Printer List for Driver Installation].
  2. Select the [Set Printer Information] check box.
  3. Click [Next].

Set the printer information.
  • [Printer Name]: To change the printer name, enter a new name.
  • [Set as Default]: Select this check box to use this printer as the default printer.
  • [Use as Shared Printer]: Select this check box to use the computer on which the printer driver is being installed as a print server.
  • [Shared Name]: Change the shared name as needed.
NOTE
When using computers with different operating systems on the network

To share the printer on a network, perform the following procedure. Windows 2000 does not support a driver added to a 64-bit operating system.
  • When the printer is shared on a network with computers running Windows Vista (64-bit version)
    1. Click [Additional Drivers].
    2. Select [Windows Vista (x86)/Server 2003 (x86)/XP/2000].
    3. Click [OK].
  • When the printer is shared on a network with computers running Windows XP, Server 2003, and Vista (32-bit version)
    1. Click [Additional Drivers].
    2. Select [Windows Vista (x64)].
    3. Click [OK].

Click [Next].

Click [Start].
NOTE
If Windows Firewall is enabled (Windows Vista)
When this message appears, click [Yes].

Click [Yes].
The installation starts.
NOTE
If the following dialog box appears
  • Windows Vista: If the [Windows Security] dialog box appears, click [Install this driver software anyway]
  • Windows XP and Server 2003: If the [Hardware Installation] dialog box appears, click [Continue Anyway].
  • Windows 2000: If the [Digital Signature Not Found] dialog box appears, click [Yes].

Go to the step indicated below depending on the installation method selected on the CD-ROM Setup menu.
  • If you selected [Easy Installation], go to Step 10.
  • If you selected [Custom Installation], go to Step 11.

The installation of the User's Guide starts.
Wait until the dialog box disappears.
The installation takes several minutes.

Check the installation results, and then click [Next].
NOTE
If the software does not install properly

"Installation Problems"

Restart your computer.
  1. Select the [Restart Computer Now (Recommended)] check box.
  2. Click [Restart].
NOTE
Removing the CD-ROM

After the installation of the printer driver is finished, you can remove the CD-ROM from the CD-ROM drive of your computer.

Using the User's Guide

"Viewing the User's Guide"
"Searching for Information"

When using Windows XP SP2 or later or Windows Server 2003 SP1 or later

It may take a long time for the Printer Status Window to obtain the printer status. It is recommended that you open a port for the printer in Windows Firewall.
"Miscellaneous Problems"

Step 3: After Installation

The following icons and menu are added to the following locations.

Items added after installation of the User's Guide
NOTE
Configuring DNS, WINS, and other advanced network settings

"Configuring the Protocol Settings Using NetSpot Device Installer"

Created port
A Standard TCP/IP Port is created.
INFORMATION
After changing the IP address (Changing the port)

If you changed the IP address of the printer after installing the printer driver, use the following procedure to change the port to be used for the printer driver.

  1. Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
    • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
    • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]
  2. Open the printing preferences dialog box.
    1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
    2. Click [File].
    3. Click [Properties].
    If you are using Windows Vista

    By default, the menu bar is not displayed.
    Use the following procedure to display the menu bar.
    1. Click [Organize] on the toolbar.
    2. Click [Layout].
    3. Select [Menu Bar].
  3. Open the dialog box for adding a port.
    1. Click the [Ports] tab.
    2. Click [Add Port].
  4. Select the type of port.
    1. Select [Standard TCP/IP Port].
    2. Click [New Port].
  5. Click [Next].
  6. Enter the new IP address or name of the printer.
    1. Enter the name or IP address of the printer for [Printer Name or IP Address].
    2. Click [Next].
    When entering the printer name, enter the DNS name registered on the DNS server (up to 78 characters).
    If the printer cannot be detected

    The following dialog box appears. Perform either of the following operations.
    • Follow the on-screen instructions and search again for the printer.
    • Specify [Device Type].
      1. Select [Standard] and [Canon Network Printing Device with P9100] for [Device Type] → click [Next].
      2. Click [Next].
    If you are not sure what to enter

    The value to be entered varies depending on how the IP address of the printer was configured.
    Contact your network administrator for more details.
  7. Click [Finish].
  8. Click [Close].
  9. Click [Apply].
  10. Click [OK].
    Deleting an unnecessary port

    Select the port you want to delete on the [Ports] sheet → click [Delete Port].

[E-14] Printing Configuration Page Print

Configuration Page Print is used to print the settings of the printer, the total number of printed pages, and other information.
When using the printer for the first time, use this function to check the operation of the printer.
This procedure is described using screenshots from Windows XP Professional.
NOTE
About the size of the printed Configuration Page Print

The Configuration Page Print is set to print on A4 size paper.
Be sure to load A4 size paper when printing the Configuration Page Print.
Load A4 size paper in the manual feed slot or paper cassette.

Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Open the [Configuration Page Print] dialog box.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Utility].
  3. Click [Configuration Page Print].

Click [OK].
Configuration Page Print is printed.
NOTE
Sample of Configuration Page Print

  • The contents of Configuration Page Print differ depending on the printer settings.
  • If Configuration Page Print is not printed
    "Printing Problems"

[E-15] Printing a Test Page in Windows

You can print a test page to make sure that the printer and computer are connected properly.
This procedure is described using screenshots from Windows XP Professional.
IMPORTANT
If an error message appears in the Printer Status Window

Follow the on-screen instructions to solve the problem, and then print a test page.
"Window for Checking the Printer Status and Settings (Printer Status Window)"
Load A4 size paper in the manual feed slot or paper cassette.

Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
  • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
  • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
  • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
  • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [File].
  3. Click [Properties].
NOTE
If you are using Windows Vista

By default, the menu bar is not displayed.
Use the following procedure to display the menu bar.
  1. Click [Organize] on the toolbar.
  2. Click [Layout].
  3. Select [Menu Bar].

Print a test page.
  1. Click the [General] tab.
  2. Click [Print Test Page].
NOTE

[E-16] Uninstalling the Printer Driver Using the Canon LBP5050 Uninstaller

You can uninstall the printer driver using the Canon LBP5050 Uninstaller.
This procedure is described using screenshots from Windows XP Professional.
IMPORTANT
Precautions when uninstalling the software

To uninstall the software, be sure to log on as a user with administrative rights.
Contact your system administrator if you are not sure about your administrative rights.
Close the following files and programs if open.
  • Help file
  • Printer Status Window
  • Control Panel
  • Other applications and files

Open the window for uninstalling the printer driver.
  • Windows XP, Server 2003, and Vista: Click [Start] → [All Programs] → [Canon Printer Uninstaller] → [Canon LBP5050 Uninstaller].
  • Windows 2000: Click [Start] → [Programs] → [Canon Printer Uninstaller] → [Canon LBP5050 Uninstaller].

Select a printer.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Delete].
NOTE
If [Canon LBP5050] is not listed

The printer information may still exist on the computer even if [Canon LBP5050] is not listed here.
Click [Delete] to delete all files and information related to this printer.

Click [Yes].
The uninstallation starts.
Please wait a moment.
NOTE
If the printer is used as a shared printer

The following dialog box appears. Confirm the message, and then click [Yes].

If you are using Windows Vista

The following message appears. Confirm the content of the message, and then click [Yes].

Click [Exit].

Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
  • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
  • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003
  • : [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
  • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
  • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]

Make sure that the icon for this printer is not displayed in the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.

IMPORTANT
If the icon for this printer is displayed

Right-click the icon → click [Delete].
Be sure to delete the icon. If the icon is not deleted, you cannot reinstall the printer driver.

Restart Windows.

IMPORTANT
If you cannot uninstall the printer driver

"Uninstalling the Printer Driver Using the Control Panel"


Uninstallation of the User's Guide

The User's Guide must be uninstalled separately from the printer driver.
Use the supplied CD-ROM to uninstall the software.
"Uninstalling the User's Guide"

[E-17] Uninstalling the Printer Driver Using the Control Panel

You can uninstall the printer driver using [Add or Remove Programs] in Windows.
Use the following procedure when the printer driver cannot be uninstalled properly using the Canon LBP5050 Uninstaller.
This procedure is described using screenshots from Windows XP Professional.
Open the [Add or Remove Programs] dialog box.
  • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Uninstall a Program]
  • Windows XP and Server 2003: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Add or Remove Programs]
  • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Control Panel] → [Add/Remove Programs]

Select [Canon LBP5050] → click [Change/Remove].
Windows Vista: [Uninstall/Change]
NOTE
If [Canon LBP5050] is not listed

"Uninstalling the USB Class Driver"

If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Continue].

Select a printer.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Delete].
NOTE
If [Canon LBP5050] is not listed

The printer information may still exist on the computer even if [Canon LBP5050] is not listed here.
Click [Delete] to delete all files and information related to this printer.

Click [Yes].
The uninstallation starts.
Please wait a moment.
NOTE
Uninstalling a shared printer

The following dialog box appears. Confirm the message, and then click [Yes].
If you are using Windows Vista

The following message appears. Confirm the message and click [Yes].

Click [Exit].

Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
  • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
  • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003
  • : [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
  • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
  • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]

Make sure that the icon for this printer is not displayed in the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.

IMPORTANT
If the icon for this printer is displayed

Right-click the icon → click [Delete].
Be sure to delete the icon. If the icon is not deleted, you cannot reinstall the printer driver.

Restart Windows.

IMPORTANT
Uninstallation of the User's Guide

The User's Guide must be uninstalled separately from the printer driver.
Use the supplied CD-ROM to uninstall the software.
"Uninstalling the User's Guide"

[E-18] Uninstalling the USB Class Driver

You can uninstall the USB class driver in the following cases.
Procedure for Uninstalling the USB Class Driver

Step 1: Making Sure that [Canon LBP5050] Is Not Displayed in the [Add or Remove Programs] Dialog Box
Step 2: Deleting the USB Class Driver Using the Device Manager

These procedures are described using screenshots from Windows XP Professional.

Step 1: Making Sure that [Canon LBP5050] Is Not Displayed in the [Add or Remove Programs] Dialog Box

Check the following.
  • Check that the printer and computer are connected using a USB cable.
  • Check that the printer is on.

Open the [Add or Remove Programs] dialog box.
  • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Uninstall a Program]
  • Windows XP and Server 2003: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Add or Remove Programs]
  • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Control Panel] → [Add/Remove Programs]

Make sure that [Canon LBP5050] is not displayed.

Click [] to close the dialog box.
  • Windows Vista: Click [].
  • Windows 2000: Click [].
NOTE

Step 2: Deleting the USB Class Driver Using the Device Manager

Check the following.
  • Check that the printer and computer are connected using a USB cable.
  • Check that the printer is on.

Display the system properties.
  • Windows Vista (32-bit version)
    Click [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Device Manager].
  • Windows Vista (64-bit version)
    Click [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Hardware and Sound] → [View hardware and devices].
  • Windows Server 2003
    1. Click [Start] → [Control Panel] → [System].
    2. Click the [Hardware] tab → [Device Manager].
  • Windows XP
    1. Click [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Performance and Maintenance] → [System].
    2. Click the [Hardware] tab → [Device Manager].
  • Windows 2000
    1. Click [Start] → [Settings] → [Control Panel] → double-click [System].
    2. Click the [Hardware] tab → [Device Manager].
NOTE
If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Continue].

Double-click [Universal Serial Bus controllers].

Uninstall the USB class driver.
  1. Right-click [USB Printing Support].
  2. Click [Uninstall].
IMPORTANT
Do not uninstall any other device drivers

If a driver is accidentally deleted, Windows may not operate properly.
NOTE
If the USB class driver is under [Other Devices]

The printer driver is not installed properly. Select and uninstall [Canon LBP5050], [Canon CAPT USB Device], or [Unknown device] depending on your operating system.

If the USB class driver is not installed properly

[USB Printing Support] is not displayed.

Click [OK].
  • Windows Vista: When the [Confirm Device Uninstall] dialog box appears, click [OK].

Click [] to close the [Device Manager] dialog box.

  • Windows Vista: Click [].
  • Windows 2000: Click [].

Disconnect the USB cable from the computer, and then restart Windows.

[F-01] Turning the Printer On and Off

Use the power switch on the left side of the printer to turn the printer on and off.

Turning On the Printer

Press "|" on the power switch.
The printer turns on and performs a self-diagnostic test.
If no problems are found, the Ready indicator (green) turns on, and the printer is ready to print.
IMPORTANT
Turning off the printer and then turning it back on again

Wait at least 10 seconds before turning on the printer.

Turning on the printer for the first time after installation

  • Before turning on the printer, be sure to remove the sealing tape from the toner cartridges installed in the printer.
    "Preparing the Toner Cartridges"
  • If the printer is turned on before the sealing tape is removed, an error message is displayed.
    "Miscellaneous Problems"
  • Before turning on the printer, be sure to insert the paper cassette.
NOTE
If the self-diagnostic test finishes successfully

The Ready indicator (green) turns on, and the printer is ready to print.
If a problem occurs during the self-diagnostic test

The Alarm indicator (orange) turns on or blinks.
"Part Names and Functions"

Turning Off the Printer

Check that the printer is not performing the following operations.
  • Printing
  • Self-diagnostic test after the printer is turned on (all indicators are on)

Press "○" on the power switch.
IMPORTANT
Precautions when turning off the printer
  • When you turn off the printer, all print data sent to the printer is deleted.
  • If the printer is shared on a network, before turning off the printer, make sure that the printer is not printing data sent from other computers on the network.
NOTE
Power consumption when the printer is off

0 W

[F-02] Basic Printing Procedure

This section describes the procedure for printing from an application.
Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Set [Page Size] and [Output Size].
  1. Click the [Page Setup] tab.
  2. Select the page size of the document created by the application.
  3. Select the size of the paper to be output.
    "Paper Requirements"
NOTE
If the [Page Size] setting and [Output Size] setting are not the same

The print is automatically reduced or enlarged to fit on the page.

To print from the paper cassette

Use the following procedure to check that the output size setting and the size of the paper loaded are the same.
  1. Click [] to open the Printer Status Window.
  2. Click [Options] → [Device Settings] → [Cassette Settings].
  3. Check that the [Output Size] setting in the printing preferences and the [Cassette Settings] setting are the same.

Set [Paper Source] and [Paper Type].
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select the paper source you want to use.
  3. Select the paper type.
    "Paper Requirements"
  4. Click [OK].
NOTE
Checking the paper settings

It is recommended that you check the [Page Setup] sheet and [Paper Source] sheet settings each time you print a document.

Settings effective only in the same application

The specified printing preferences become the settings only for jobs printed from this application.
These settings are deleted when the application is closed.
When [Paper Selection] is set to a setting other than [Same Paper for All Pages]

Depending on the document to be printed, you may be able to set [Paper Source] on each of the following sheets.
  • [First Page]
  • [Second Page]
  • [Other Pages]
  • [Last Page]

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
Printing starts.

[F-03] Canceling a Print Job

There are four methods of canceling a print job.

Canceling a Print Job Using the Printer Status Window

This describes how to cancel a print job executed from your computer.
Make sure that the Printer Status Window is displayed.

Click [] (Cancel Job).
NOTE
Canceling a one-page job

You cannot cancel a one-page job even by clicking [] (Cancel Job).
If an error occurs while printing a job from another user

If the printer is shared on a network from a computer, print jobs from all users can be canceled on the print server. Print jobs from other users cannot be canceled on a client computer. To cancel a print job from another user, press the Cancel Job key on the control panel of the printer.
"Canceling a Print Job Using the Cancel Job Key"
Viewing and managing print jobs on the network

The status of this printer is displayed on both the client computer and print server.
The following are the items that are displayed in the Printer Status Window and the types of jobs that can be canceled on the client computer and print server.
To display the printer status when printing a job over the network, a network environment that uses TCP/IP or NetBEUI is required.
  • Client computer
    • [Print Job Information]
      • Displays information about the first print job.
    • [] (Cancel Job)
      • Available for your print job. This cannot be operated if another user's print job precedes your print job.
    • Operation
      • Cancels your first print job.
  • Print server
    The printer status is not displayed if a user is not logged on.
    • [Print Job Information]
      • Displays information about the first print job.
    • [] (Cancel Job)
      • Available for all print jobs.
    • Operation
      • Cancels the first print job.

Canceling a Print Job Using the Print Queue

Make sure that the Printer Status Window is displayed.

Click [] (Print Queue).
The [Print Queue] dialog box appears.
NOTE
Displaying the print queue

You can also use the following procedure to display the print queue.
  1. Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
    • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
    • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]
  2. Double-click the [Canon LBP5050] icon.
For details on the print queue, see Windows Help.

Cancel the print job.
  1. Right-click the job you want to cancel.
  2. Click [Cancel].
NOTE
About the print queue

  • Print jobs from other users are not displayed.
  • If the printer is shared on a network, all print jobs are displayed on the print server.
  • You can manage the print jobs in the print queue until they are completed.

Click [Yes].
The print job is canceled.

Canceling a Print Job Using the Cancel Job Key

If an error occurs during printing of another user's print job, you can delete that print job.
Press the [] (Cancel Job) key on the control panel of the printer.
NOTE
In the following cases, print jobs cannot be canceled even when the Cancel Job key is pressed.
  • When printing one sheet
  • For pages of which data has already been sent to the printer
  • When the printer is switching from one print job to the next while the Cancel Job key is being pressed
Operation of the Cancel Job key
  • When the key is released, the printer begins canceling the job.
  • The following are the meanings of the Cancel Job indicator (orange).
    • The indicator turns on when the key is pressed.
    • The indicator blinks when a job is being canceled.
Setting the types of jobs to cancel

Perform the following procedure.
  1. Open the Printer Status Window.
    "Displaying the Printer Status Window"
  2. Click [Options] → [Device Settings] → [Settings of the Cancel Job Key].
  3. Selecting the [Enable to Cancel Error Jobs] check box lets you select or clear the [Enable to Cancel Any Processing Print Job] check box.

Canceling a Print Job Using the Remote UI

When this printer is connected to a network using TCP/IP, you can use the Remote UI to cancel print jobs.
NOTE
About the Remote UI

The Remote UI can only be used with LBP5050n.
Make sure that the Printer Status Window is displayed.

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Click [Job Manager] → [Print Job].
A list of the print jobs is displayed.
NOTE
Deleting a print job using the Remote UI

After deleting a print job, click the [Refresh] button of your browser.
Character length of [Document Name]
  • A job file name of up to 20 characters can be displayed. If the number of characters exceeds 20, the characters after the limited number are not displayed, or some characters are not displayed properly.
  • Depending on the application, the application name may be added to the beginning of the file name.
  • If you print via USB, [Local] is displayed in [Interface Name].
  • If you print via the network, nothing is displayed in the field.

Click [Delete].
The message "Please wait a moment." appears.

The print job is deleted and the information on the page is updated.
NOTE
Clicking [Delete] does not work

If the data for a page has already been sent to the printer, clicking [Delete] cannot cancel the print job.

[F-04] Specifying the Printing Preferences

Specify the printing preferences using the printing preferences dialog box.

There are two ways to open the printing preferences dialog box. The following describes the items that can be set and the valid range depending on how the printing preferences dialog box is displayed.

Valid Range of the Printing Preferences Settings

Dialog Box Sheets

Opening the printing preferences dialog box in an application

Opening the printing preferences dialog box from the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder by clicking [Printing Preferences]

Opening the printing preferences dialog box from the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder by clicking [Properties]
NOTE
Printer properties sheets

The following sheets are displayed in Windows.
  • [General] Sheet
  • [Sharing] Sheet
  • [Ports] Sheet
  • [Advanced] Sheet
  • [Color Management] Sheet
  • [Security] Sheet
For details on these sheets, see Windows Help.

[Page Setup] Sheet

1: "Using the Preview Pane to Configure the Printing Preferences"

2: "Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet"
"Printing an Image on a Paper Size Larger than A4 (Poster Printing)"

3: "Enlarging or Reducing the Page to Print"

4: "Adding a Watermark to a Document to Be Printed (Watermark Printing)"

5: "Adding a Watermark to a Document to Be Printed (Watermark Printing)"

6: "Printing Borders and the Printing Date"
7: "Printing on Custom Size Paper or Paper at a Size of Statement, Foolscap or 16K"

NOTE
For details on the settings

See Online Help.
"Using Online Help"

[Finishing] Sheet

1: "Using the Preview Pane to Configure the Printing Preferences"

2: "Printing with a Gutter on the Edge of the Paper"

3: "Collating a Specified Number of Copies"

4: "Printing Data with Different Orientations in the Same Job"

5: "Printing with a Gutter on the Edge of the Paper"

NOTE
For details on the settings

See Online Help.
"Using Online Help"

[Paper Source] Sheet

1: Using the Preview Pane to Configure the Printing Preferences

NOTE
For details on the settings

See Online Help.
"Using Online Help"

[Quality] Sheet

1: "Adjusting the Brightness and Contrast and Printing an Image"

2: "Correcting Rough-Textured Images"

3: "Adjusting the Toner Density"

4: "Adjusting the Color of the Document to Be Printed"
"Adjusting the Brightness and Contrast and Printing an Image"
5: "Matching the Color on the Display"

NOTE
For details on the settings

See Online Help.
"Using Online Help"

[Device Settings] Sheet

NOTE
For details on the settings

See Online Help.
"Using Online Help"

[Profile] Sheet

NOTE
For details on the settings

See Online Help.
"Using Online Help"

[F-05] Displaying the Printing Preferences (Document Properties) Dialog Box

There are two ways to open the printing preferences (document properties) dialog box.

Opening the Printing Preferences Dialog Box from the [Print] Dialog Box in an Application

The specified printing preferences become the settings only for the current document. Check the printing preferences each time you print a document.
Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].
This procedure varies depending on the application being used.
NOTE
For details on the settings

"Specifying the Printing Preferences"

Opening the Printing Preferences Dialog Box from the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] Folder

The specified printing preferences become the settings for all documents printed from this computer.
Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
  • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
  • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
  • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
  • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [File].
  3. Click [Printing Preferences].
NOTE
For details on the settings

"Specifying the Printing Preferences"

If you are using Windows Vista

By default, the menu bar is not displayed.
Use the following procedure to display the menu bar.
  1. Click [Organize] on the toolbar.
  2. Click [Layout].
  3. Select [Menu Bar].

[F-06] Window for Checking the Printer Status and Settings (Printer Status Window)

Use the Printer Status Window to check the printer status and configure the printer settings.

Available Operations in the Printer Status Window


You can use the Printer Status Window to perform the following operations.

Printer Status Window Display

NOTE
About the taskbar icon display

If the Printer Status Window is not open, the Printer Status Window icon is displayed in the taskbar as follows, according to [Display Settings] for [Preferences (Users)] or [Preferences (Administrators)].

  • [When Starting Printing]: The Printer Status Window icon is displayed automatically in the taskbar when printing starts or an error occurs.
  • [When Errors Occur]: The Printer Status Window icon is displayed automatically in the taskbar only when an error occurs.
  • [Do Not Display Automatically]: The Printer Status Window icon is not displayed in the taskbar.
NOTE

Part Names and Functions of the Printer Status Window

  1. Menu bar
    • [Job]: Use this menu to cancel a print job, resolve errors, and display the print queue.
    • [Options]: Use this menu to configure the operating environment, perform calibrations, and other printer options.
    • [Help]: Use this menu to display Help and the version information.
  2. Tool bar
    • [Print Queue] : Displays a list of print jobs.
    • [Refresh] : Refreshes the information displayed in the message area.
    • [Consumables/Counters] : Displays the status of the toner cartridges and the number of total printed pages.
  3. Message area
    • [Resolve Error] : Resumes the print job when it is stopped for some reason.
    • [Icon]: Displays a simple icon that indicates the status of the printer.
    • [Message Area]: Displays messages about the printer status.
    • [Message Area] (additional information): Displays additional information.
    • [Animation Area]: Displays an animation that indicates the printer status.

      Meaning of the background color of the animation area
      Blue: Operating normally
      Orange: A paper jam or other error has occurred.
      Red: A service error has occurred.
  4. Print job information area
    • [Print Job Information]: Displays print job information.
    • [Progress Bar]: Displays the status of the current print job.
    • [Cancel Job] : Cancels the print job.
    • [Status Bar]: Displays the computer to which the printer is connected.
NOTE
Detailed operations of the Printer Status Window

"Using Online Help"

If menu items or buttons are not available

Any menu items or buttons displayed in gray are not available.
(For example, when another user's job is being printed, [Cancel Job] is displayed in gray.)

[F-07] Using Online Help

You can use Online Help to obtain information on using the printing preferences dialog box and the various functions this printer offers.
The following describes how to search for a topic using the method of setting the paper size as an example.

Searching for a Topic from the Contents

You can search for a topic from the contents provided in Online Help.
Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Click [Help].
The [Canon LBP5050 Help] dialog box appears.

Click the [Contents] tab.

Perform the following procedure.
  1. Click [] next to [Page Setup Sheet].
  2. Click [[Page Setup] Sheet].
NOTE
Displaying Help from the Printer Status Window
  1. Open the Printer Status Window.
    "Displaying the Printer Status Window"
  2. Click [Help] → [Help Topics].

Searching for a Topic from the Index

You can search the index for topics containing an entered keyword.
Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Click [Help].
The [Canon LBP5050 Help] dialog box appears.
NOTE
Displaying Help from the Printer Status Window
  1. Open the Printer Status Window.
    "Displaying the Printer Status Window"
  2. Click [Help] → [Help Topics].

Click the [Index] tab.

Enter [Paper size] for [Type in the keyword to find].
A list of topics that start with [Paper size] is displayed.

Perform the following procedure.
  1. Click [Paper Size ([Custom Paper Size Settings] Dialog Box)].
  2. Click [Display].

Searching for a Topic by Search Keyword

You can use the [Search] sheet to enter a keyword and display a list of topics containing that keyword.
Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Click [Help].
The [Canon LBP5050 Help] dialog box appears.
NOTE
Displaying Help from the Printer Status Window
  1. Open the Printer Status Window.
    "Displaying the Printer Status Window"
  2. Click [Help] → [Help Topics].

Click the [Search] tab.

Perform the following procedure.
  1. Enter [Paper size] for [Type in the word(s) to search for].
  2. Click [List Topics].

Perform the following procedure.
  1. Click [[Custom Paper Size Settings] Dialog Box] on the list of topics.
  2. Click [Display].

[F-08] Paper Requirements

This section describes the paper types, printable areas, and how to store printer paper.
IMPORTANT
Precaution when printing on paper

The print speed may drop depending on the settings for the paper size, paper type, and number of copies.
When continuously printing paper that is less than 210.0 mm wide, the print speed may drop gradually.
If the printer is used continuously for an extended period of time, the internal temperature of the printer may increase, activating a safety mechanism and pausing printing temporarily.

Usable Paper

Usable Paper Size

These paper sizes can be used in the paper cassette and manual feed slot.
Paper Type Paper Size
Standard paper A4 (210.0 mm × 297.0 mm)
B5 (182.0 mm × 257.0 mm)
A5 (148.0 mm × 210.0 mm)
Legal* (215.9 mm × 355.6 mm)
Letter* (215.9 mm × 279.4 mm)
Executive* (184.1 mm × 266.7 mm)
Statement (139.7 mm × 215.9 mm)
Foolscap (215.9 mm × 330.2 mm)
16K (195.0 mm × 270.0 mm)
Custom paper size 76.2 to 215.9 mm wide and 127.0 to 355.6 mm long
Envelope Envelope DL (110.0 mm × 220.0 mm)
Envelope COM10 (104.9 mm × 241.3 mm)
Envelope C5 (162.0 mm × 229.0 mm)
Envelope Monarch (98.5 mm × 190.5 mm)
Envelope B5 (176.0 mm × 250.0 mm)
Index card 76.2 mm × 127.0 mm
* The following paper sizes are abbreviated as follows on the paper cassette.

Usable Paper Type

These paper types can be used in the paper cassette and manual feed slot.
Paper Type Printing Preference Setting
Plain paper*1 75 - 90 g/m2 [Plain Paper]
60 - 74 g/m2 [Plain Paper L]*2
Heavy paper 91 - 120 g/m2 [Heavy Paper 1]
121 - 163 g/m2 [Heavy Paper 2]
Transparency [Transparency]*3
Coated paper 100 - 110 g/m2 [Coated Paper 1]
120 - 130 g/m2 [Coated Paper 2]
155 - 165 g/m2 [Coated Paper 3]
220 - 230 g/m2 [Coated Paper 4]
Glossy film [Glossy Film]
Label [Label]
Envelope [Envelope]*4
[Envelope H]*5
Index card [Heavy Paper 2]
*1 Recycled paper (60 to 80 g/m2) can be used as plain paper.
*2 Select this when using thin paper.
*3 This only supports printing in black and white.
*4 When printing envelopes, the printer automatically applies the appropriate print mode by specifying the output size.
*5 Use this setting if envelopes are not printed properly when [Envelope] is selected for [Paper Type].
NOTE
Specifying the paper size

Open the printing preferences dialog box and use the following procedure.
  1. Click the [Page Setup] tab.
  2. Select the size of the paper to be output from [Output Size].

Paper Capacity

Paper Type Paper Source
Paper cassette Manual feed slot
Plain paper (80 g/m2) Approx. 150 sheets 1 sheet
Heavy paper (128 g/m2) Approx. 100 sheets 1 sheet
Transparency (black-and-white printing only) Approx. 50 sheets 1 sheet
Label Approx. 50 sheets 1 sheet
Coated paper Approx. 100 sheets 1 sheet
Index card Approx. 15 sheets 1 sheet
Envelope Approx. 10 sheets 1 sheet

Output Tray Capacity

Paper Type Output Tray Capacity*
(Face-down)
Plain paper (80 g/m2) Approx. 125 sheets
Heavy paper (128 g/m2) Approx. 50 sheets
Transparency (black-and-white printing only) Approx. 10 sheets
Label Approx. 10 sheets
Coated paper Approx. 50 sheets
Index card Approx. 10 sheets
Envelope Approx. 10 sheets
* The actual capacity may vary depending on the installation conditions and paper type used.

Envelopes

Usable envelopes

IMPORTANT
Do not use the following types of envelopes

This may result in paper jams or poor print quality.
  • Envelopes with fasteners or snaps
  • Envelopes with address windows
  • Envelopes with adhesive on the surface
  • Wrinkled or creased envelopes
  • Poorly manufactured envelopes in which the glued parts are uneven
  • Irregularly-shaped envelopes
  • Envelopes with the flap on the narrow side
NOTE
Precautions when printing envelopes
  • Do not print on the reverse side (glued side) of envelopes.
  • Before loading envelopes, flatten the stack of envelopes to release any remaining air, and press the fold lines along the edges tight.
  • The print speed drops when printing on envelopes.
  • Envelopes may become creased during printing.

Special Paper

Take the following precautions when printing on heavy paper, transparencies, or other special paper.

Heavy Paper

Transparency

Label

Coated Paper

Direction for Loading Paper

Load the paper with the side to be printed facing up and in vertical (portrait) direction. Paper cannot be loaded in a horizontal (landscape) direction.

Unusable Paper

Do not use the following types of paper, as these may cause paper jams, printer malfunction, or damage to the printer.

Paper That Was Stored Poorly

Paper with Holes or Perforations

Paper with Adhesive or a Special Coating

Paper with Items Attached

Paper That Is Difficult for Toner to Adhere to

Printable Area

Plain Paper, Heavy Paper, Transparencies, Labels, and Coated Paper

You can print in the area up to 5 mm of the edges of the paper.

Envelope

You can print in the area up to 10 mm of the edges of the paper.
(Sample: Envelope COM10)
NOTE
Precautions when printing envelopes
  • Printing data in the entire printable area of an envelope may result in a deterioration in print quality.
  • Arrange the data to a size slightly smaller than the printable area.

Storing Paper and Printouts

Storing Paper

The quality of paper may deteriorate if stored improperly even when the paper meets the normal specifications.
Inferior paper may cause misfeeds, paper jams, or deterioration in print quality.
Observe the following guidelines when storing and handling paper.

Storage
Do not store paper in the following locations.

Storing Printed Paper

When handling or storing printouts printed by this printer, note the following points.

Storage Precautions when storing printouts with adhesive

[F-09] Printing on Standard Size Paper

The following describes how to print a document using the procedure for printing A4 size plain paper from the paper cassette or manual feed slot as an example.
Step 1: Loading Paper
Step 2: Registering the Paper Size
Step 3: Printing from an Application

Usable paper size Usable paper types

"Paper Requirements"
NOTE
When paper is loaded in the manual feed slot

You do not need to register the paper size.
Select the appropriate paper size in the application, and then print the document.
"Printing from an Application"

Step 1: Loading Paper

There are two paper sources.

Paper cassette

Load standard size paper in the paper cassette.
Remove the paper cassette.
Gently pull out the paper cassette with both hands.
CAUTION
Be sure to remove the paper cassette

If paper is loaded with the paper cassette only partially open, the paper cassette may fall out or the printer may fall over, resulting in personal injury.

Slide the paper guides to [A4] (the position of the size of the paper to be loaded).
  1. Slide the side paper guides so that they are aligned with the paper size (A).
  2. While holding the lock release lever at the front, slide the paper guide so that it is aligned with the paper size (B).
NOTE
Loading Legal size paper

Adjust the length of the paper cassette while holding the lock release lever (A) at the front right of the paper cassette.
When you extend the paper cassette, the extended portion sticks out in front of the printer.
Use the paper cassette cover.
"Confirming the Supplied Accessories"
Using the paper cassette guide

When loading standard size paper, slide the paper guides to match the position of the loaded paper.
  1. A5
  2. B5
  3. Executive
  4. Letter
  5. A4

Load the paper.
Align the envelopes with the rear of the paper cassette.
CAUTION
Precautions when loading paper

Be careful not to cut your hands with the edges of the paper.
NOTE
Align the paper stack when loading
  • Fan the paper thoroughly and align the edges of the stack on a flat surface before loading the paper.
  • If the paper stack is not aligned, several sheets of paper may be fed at a time.
Loading paper with a front and back

When using paper with a letterhead or logo, load the paper as follows.
  • Load the paper with the side to be printed facing up.
  • Load the paper with the letterhead or logo facing the rear or left side of the paper cassette.

Place the paper under the hooks (A).
Make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the marks on the load limit guides (B).
NOTE
Paper cassette capacity

You can load approximately 150 sheets of paper in the paper cassette.
(Plain paper: 80 g/m2)

Insert the paper cassette into the printer.
Push the paper cassette into the printer firmly until it is all the way in.
CAUTION
Precautions when inserting the paper cassette

When inserting the paper cassette, be careful not to catch your fingers.

Manual feed slot

Slide the paper guides of the manual feed slot to the outside.
Align the paper guides to a width slightly larger than the width of the paper.

Load one sheet of paper.
Insert the paper into the manual feed slot until it catches. The paper is fed to the printer automatically. (The paper is not fed when the printer is printing or during sleep mode.)
Load only one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot at a time.

Align the position of the paper guides with the size of the paper.
IMPORTANT
Be sure to align the paper guides with the width of the paper.

If the paper guides are not aligned properly with the paper, this may result in paper jams.
NOTE
Loading paper with a front and back

When using paper with a letterhead or logo, load the paper as follows.
  • Load the paper with the side to be printed facing up.
  • Insert the paper by the side with the letterhead or logo.
When paper is loaded in the manual feed slot

You do not need to register the paper size.
Select the appropriate paper size in the application, and then print the document.
"Printing from an Application"

Step 2: Registering the Paper Size

The paper cassette of the printer cannot automatically detect the paper size. Therefore, you need to register the size of the loaded paper.

A4 paper size is registered, so you do not need to perform the following procedure when using the printer for the first time.
If you changed the paper size to a size other than A4 or you reset the paper size to A4, use the following procedure to register the paper size.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Open the [Cassette Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Device Settings].
  3. Click [Cassette Settings].

Register the paper size.
  1. Select the paper size.
  2. Click [OK].
INFORMATION
Checking the paper size

By default, the printer checks whether the [Output Size] setting in the printing preferences and the size of the paper loaded in the paper cassette are the same.
If the paper sizes do not match, the following occurs.
  • A message appears in the Printer Status Window.
  • Printing pauses.
To resume printing, take one of the following actions.
  • Print using the paper size set in the printing preferences
    1. Load the correct paper into the paper cassette.
    2. Set the correct paper size for [Cassette Settings].
  • Print using the paper loaded in the paper cassette
    Click [] (Resolve Error).
To print using the loaded paper without checking the paper size

Perform the following procedure to set the printer not to check the paper size.
  1. Open the printing preferences dialog box.
    "Displaying the Printing Preferences (Document Properties) Dialog Box"
  2. Click the [Finishing] tab → [Finishing Details].
  3. Clear the [Detect Paper Size] check box.
About [Free Size]

If you select [Free Size] for [Cassette Settings], you do not have to change the setting each time you load different size paper. However, if you select [Free Size], make sure that the [Output Size] setting on the [Page Setup] sheet matches the paper loaded in the paper cassette.

Step 3: Printing from an Application

Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Set the paper size.
  1. Click the [Page Setup] tab.
  2. Select [A4] for [Page Size].
  3. Select [Match Page Size] for [Output Size].
NOTE
If the [Page Size] setting and [Output Size] setting are not the same

The print is automatically reduced or enlarged to fit on the page.

Set [Paper Source] and [Paper Type].
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select the paper source you want to use for [Paper Source].
  3. Select [Plain Paper] for [Paper Type].
  4. Click [OK].
NOTE
When [Auto] is selected for [Paper Source]

The paper source changes automatically according to the paper to be printed.

When the [Detect Paper Size] check box is selected

When [Auto] is selected for [Paper Source], the following occur according to the [Paper Type] setting on the [Paper Source] sheet.

  • When [Plain Paper], [Plain Paper L], [Envelope], or [Envelope H] is selected
    If the [Output Size] and [Cassette Settings] dialog box settings do not match, printing stops.
    When printing from the paper cassette, load the correct paper into the paper cassette and set the correct paper size on the [Cassette Settings] dialog box.
    When paper is loaded into the manual feed slot, the loaded paper is printed without stopping.
  • When [Heavy Paper 1], [Heavy Paper 2], [Transparency], [Label], [Coated Paper 1], [Coated Paper 2], [Coated Paper 3], or [Coated Paper 4] is selected
    Printing stops. When printing from the paper cassette, cancel the print job, set [Paper Source] on the [Paper Source] sheet to [Cassette 1] and print again.
    When paper is loaded into the manual feed slot, the loaded paper is printed without stopping.
Loading paper other than plain paper

Set the paper type as follows.
  • Thin paper (60 to 74 g/m2): [Plain Paper L]
  • Heavy paper (91 to 120 g/m2): [Heavy Paper 1]
  • Heavy paper (121 to 163 g/m2): [Heavy Paper 2]
  • Coated paper (100 to 110 g/m2): [Coated Paper 1]
  • Coated paper (120 to 130 g/m2): [Coated Paper 2]
  • Coated paper (155 to 165 g/m2): [Coated Paper 3]
  • Coated paper (220 to 230 g/m2): [Coated Paper 4]
  • Glossy film: [Glossy Film]
  • Label: [Label]
  • Transparency: [Transparency]

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
Printing starts.

[F-10] Printing on Index Cards or Envelopes

The following describes how to print on envelopes.

Step 1: Loading Envelopes
Step 2: Registering the Paper Size
Step 3: Printing from an Application

Usable envelopes

IMPORTANT
Precautions when using envelopes

Only load the types of envelopes listed above.
This printer cannot be used to print on the glued side of envelopes.
"Paper Requirements"

Step 1: Loading Envelopes

There are two paper sources.

Paper cassette

The following describes how to load envelopes in the paper cassette.
Remove the paper cassette.
Gently pull out the paper cassette with both hands.
CAUTION
Be sure to remove the paper cassette

If paper is loaded with the paper cassette only partially open, the paper cassette may fall out or the printer may fall over, resulting in personal injury.

Load the envelopes.
Align the envelopes with the rear of the paper cassette.
CAUTION
Precautions when loading envelopes

Be careful not to cut your hands with the edges of the envelopes.
NOTE
Aligning the envelopes

  1. Place the stack of envelopes on a flat surface and flatten them to release any remaining air.
  2. Be sure that the edges are pressed tightly.
  3. Loosen any stiff corners of the envelopes and flatten any curls.
  4. Align the edges of the envelopes on a flat surface.
Loading envelopes into the paper cassette

Load the envelopes as follows.
  • When loading envelopes at sizes of DL, COM10, C5, Monarch, or B5, load them so that the side for writing the address (side without glue) is facing up.
  • Load envelopes with the flap facing toward the left when viewed from the front of the printer.

Align the position of the paper guides with the size of the envelopes.
  1. Slide the side paper guides so that they are aligned with the width of the envelopes.
  2. While holding the lock release lever at the front, slide the paper guide so that it is aligned with the length of the envelopes.

Place the envelopes under the hooks (A).
Make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the marks on the load limit guides (B).
NOTE
Paper cassette capacity

You can load up to approximately 10 envelopes in the paper cassette.

Insert the paper cassette into the printer.
Push the paper cassette into the printer firmly until it is all the way in.
CAUTION
Precautions when inserting the paper cassette

When inserting the paper cassette, be careful not to catch your fingers.

Manual feed slot

Slide the paper guides of the manual feed slot to the outside.
Align the paper guides to a width slightly larger than the width of the envelopes.

Load one envelope.
Insert the paper into the manual feed slot until it catches. The paper is fed to the printer automatically. (The paper is not fed when the printer is printing or during sleep mode.)
Load only one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot at a time.
NOTE
Loading an envelope into the manual feed slot

When loading an envelope at a size of DL, COM10, C5, Monarch, or B5, load it so that the side for writing the address (side without glue) is facing up and the flap is toward the left of the printer when viewed from the front.
If the envelope is curled

Bend it in the opposite direction to flatten it before loading.

Align the position of the paper guides with the width of the envelope.
IMPORTANT
Be sure to align the paper guides with the width of the envelope.

If the paper guides are not aligned properly with the envelope, this may result in paper jams.
NOTE
When an envelope is loaded in the manual feed slot

You do not need to register the paper size.
Select the appropriate paper size in the application, and then print the envelope.
"Printing from an Application"

Step 2: Registering the Paper Size

When envelopes are loaded in the paper cassette, you must register the paper size.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Open the [Cassette Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Device Settings].
  3. Click [Cassette Settings].

Register the paper size.
  1. Select the envelope size.
    • [Envelope Monarch]
    • [Envelope COM10]
    • [Envelope DL]
    • [Envelope C5]
    • [Envelope B5]
  2. Click [OK].

Step 3: Printing from an Application

Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Set the paper size.
  1. Click the [Page Setup] tab.
  2. Select the appropriate envelope size for [Page Size].

Click [OK].
[Paper Type] is set automatically.

Select [Match Page Size] for [Output Size].

Set [Paper Source] and [Paper Type].
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Set [Paper Source].
  3. Check that [Paper Type] is set to [Envelope].
  4. Click [OK].
NOTE
Make sure that [Paper Type] is set to [Envelope]

Even if the paper size is set to [Envelope] on the application, [Paper Type] in the printing preferences may not be set to [Envelope].

(Example when using WordPad)
If the envelope is not printed properly

The printer may not print properly on envelopes with a very rough or smooth surface.
In this case, select [Envelope H] for [Paper Type].

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.

Printing starts.
The print speed drops when printing envelopes. This is not a printer malfunction.
INFORMATION
If the address is printed in the opposite direction

Configure the printing preferences to rotate the print data 180 degrees when printing.
Use the following procedure to rotate the print data.
  1. Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  2. Click the [Finishing] tab → [Finishing Details].
  3. Select the [Rotate Print Data 180 Degrees] check box.
  4. Click [OK].

[F-11] Printing on Custom Size Paper or Paper at a Size of Statement, Foolscap or 16K

The following describes how to print on custom size paper or paper at a size of Statement, Foolscap or 16K.

Step 1: Loading Paper
Step 2: Registering the Paper Size
Step 3: Printing from an Application

Size of usable custom size paper
Usable paper types

"Paper Requirements"

Step 1: Loading Paper

There are two paper sources.

Paper cassette

Load custom size paper or paper at a size of Statement, Foolscap, or 16K in the paper cassette.
Remove the paper cassette.
Gently pull out the paper cassette with both hands.
CAUTION
Be sure to remove the paper cassette

If paper is loaded with the paper cassette only partially open, the paper cassette may fall out or the printer may fall over, resulting in personal injury.

Load the paper.
Align the paper with the rear of the paper cassette.
CAUTION
Precautions when loading paper

Be careful not to cut your hands with the edges of the paper.
NOTE
Align the paper stack when loading

Fan the paper thoroughly and align the edges of the stack on a flat surface before loading the paper.
If the paper stack is not aligned, several sheets of paper may be fed at a time.
Loading paper with a front and back

When using paper with a letterhead or logo, load the paper as follows.
  • Load the paper with the side to be printed facing up.
  • Load the paper with the letterhead or logo facing the rear or left side of the paper cassette.

Slide the paper guides to the position of the size of the paper to be loaded.
  1. Slide the side paper guides so that they are aligned with the width of the paper.
  2. While holding the lock release lever at the front, slide the paper guide so that it is aligned with the length of the paper.

Place the paper under the hooks (A).
Make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the marks on the load limit guides (B).
NOTE
Paper cassette capacity

You can load up to approximately 150 sheets of paper in the paper cassette.
(Plain paper: 80 g/m2)

Insert the paper cassette into the printer.
Push the paper cassette into the printer firmly until it is all the way in.
CAUTION
Precautions when inserting the paper cassette

When inserting the paper cassette, be careful not to catch your fingers.

Manual feed slot

Slide the paper guides of the manual feed slot to the outside.
Align the paper guides to a width slightly larger than the width of the paper.

Load one sheet of paper.
Insert the paper into the manual feed slot until it catches. The paper is fed to the printer automatically. (The paper is not fed when the printer is printing or during sleep mode.)
Load only one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot at a time.

Align the position of the paper guides with the width of the paper.
IMPORTANT
Be sure to align the paper guides with the width of the paper.

If the paper guides are not aligned properly with the paper, this may result in paper jams.
NOTE
Loading paper with a front and back

When using paper with a letterhead or logo, load the paper as follows.
  • Load the paper with the side to be printed facing up.
  • Insert the paper by the side with the letterhead or logo.
When paper is loaded in the manual feed slot

You do not need to register the paper size.
Select the appropriate paper size in the application, and then print the document.
"Printing from an Application"

Step 2: Registering the Paper Size

The paper cassette of the printer cannot automatically detect the paper size. Therefore, you need to register the size of the loaded paper.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Open the [Cassette Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Device Settings].
  3. Click [Cassette Settings].

Register the paper size.
  1. Click [Custom].
  2. Click [OK].

Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
  • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
  • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
  • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
  • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [File].
  3. Click [Printing Preferences].
NOTE
If you are using Windows Vista

By default, the menu bar is not displayed.
Use the following procedure to display the menu bar.
  1. Click [Organize] on the toolbar.
  2. Click [Layout].
  3. Select [Menu Bar].

Open the [Custom Paper Size Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click the [Page Setup] tab.
  2. Click [Custom Paper Size].

Select and enter the following options as needed.
  • [Name of Custom Paper Size]: Name of the custom paper size
  • [Unit]: Unit of the paper size
  • [Paper Size]: Width and height of the custom paper
NOTE
Setting restrictions

The height value of the paper size must exceed the width value.

About [Name of Custom Paper Size]
  • The name must not exceed 31 characters.
  • The number of custom paper sizes that can be entered depends on the system environment.

Click [Register].
The name and size of the registered custom paper are displayed in [Paper List].

Check the settings, and then click [OK].

Step 3: Printing from an Application

Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Set the paper size.
  1. Click the [Page Setup] tab.
  2. Select the name of the custom paper size for [Page Size].
  3. Select [Match Page Size] for [Output Size].
NOTE
To print from the paper cassette

Use the following procedure to check that the output size setting and the size of the paper loaded are the same.
  1. Click [] to open the Printer Status Window.
  2. Click [Options] → [Device Settings] → [Cassette Settings].
  3. Check that the [Output Size] setting in the printing preferences and the [Cassette Settings] setting are the same.

Set [Paper Source] and [Paper Type].
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select the paper source you want to use for [Paper Source].
  3. Select the paper type for [Paper Type].
  4. Click [OK].
NOTE
When [Auto] is selected for [Paper Source]

The paper source changes automatically according to the paper to be printed.

Checking the paper settings

It is recommended that you check the [Page Setup] sheet and [Paper Source] sheet settings each time you print a document.

Settings effective only in the same application

The specified printing preferences become the settings only for jobs printed from this application.
These settings are deleted when the application is closed.

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
Printing starts.

[F-12] Rotating the Print Data 180 Degrees

When printing on paper that can only be fed in a certain direction, such as an envelope, you can rotate the print data 180 degrees.
Use the following procedure to rotate the print data when the orientation of the paper loaded in the paper source differs from the orientation of the document.
Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Open the [Finishing Details] dialog box.
  1. Click the [Finishing] tab.
  2. Click [Finishing Details].

Rotate the print data.
  1. Select the [Rotate Print Data 180 Degrees] check box.
  2. Click [OK].

Perform the following procedure.
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select the paper source you want to use for [Paper Source].
  3. Select the paper type for [Paper Type].
  4. Click [OK].

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
Printing starts.

[F-13] Printing on the Other Side of Previously Printed Paper

To print on the other side of previously printed paper, you must first configure the printing preferences.
IMPORTANT
Precautions when using previously printed paper

Printing on the other side of previously printed paper may cause paper jams.
It is recommended that you do not use this function unless it is absolutely necessary.
NOTE
Loading previously printed paper

Load the paper with the unprinted side facing up.
"Loading Paper and Registering the Paper Size"
Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Perform the following procedure.
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select the [Print on the Other Side] check box.
  3. Select the loaded paper source for [Paper Source].
  4. Select the paper type for [Paper Type].
  5. Click [OK].
NOTE
Selecting the [Print on the Other Side] check box

Unless [Same Paper for All Pages] is selected for [Paper Selection] on the [Paper Source] sheet, you cannot select this check box.

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
Printing starts.

[F-14] Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet

You can print multiple pages on one sheet.

IMPORTANT
About printing multiple pages on one sheet

Do not use this function together with a function for printing sets of copies in an application.
This may prevent the document from printing properly.
Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Select the number of pages to be printed on one sheet.
  1. Click the [Page Setup] tab.
  2. Select the number of pages to be printed on one sheet for [Page Layout].
NOTE
Selecting the [Page Layout] check box

If the [Spooling at Host] setting on the [Device Settings] sheet is set to [Disabled], you cannot select this check box.
Use the following procedure to change the [Spooling at Host] setting.
  1. Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
    • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
    • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]
  2. Open the printing preferences dialog box.
    1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
    2. Click [File].
    3. Click [Properties].
  3. Click the [Device Settings] tab.
  4. Select [Auto] for [Spooling at Host].
  5. Click [OK].
You cannot change these settings unless you have printer administrative rights. Contact your system administrator if you are not sure about your administrative rights.

Select the page order for [Page Order].
NOTE
About [Page Order]

The options for [Page Order] differ depending on the paper orientation and the number of pages to be printed on one sheet.

Set [Paper Source] and [Paper Type].
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select the paper source you want to use for [Paper Source].
  3. Select the paper type for [Paper Type].
  4. Click [OK].

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
Printing starts.
NOTE
Using the preview pane to configure the page layout

"Using the Preview Pane to Configure the Printing Preferences"

[F-15] Printing a Color Document in Black and White

Color documents can be printed in black and white using only black toner.
Mixed color and black-and-white documents can also be printed at a higher speed.

Printing a Color Document in Black and White

Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Set the color mode.
  1. Click the [Quality] tab.
  2. Select [Black and White] for [Color Mode].
NOTE
Color Mode

This printer prints with four toner colors (cyan, magenta, yellow, and black (CMYK)). The printer uses a pseudo gradation process to create beautiful color prints with 16.7 million colors.
NOTE
Using the preview pane to change the color mode
You can also change the color mode by clicking [] in the preview pane.
"Using the Preview Pane to Configure the Printing Preferences"

Set the paper source.
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select the paper source you want to use for [Paper Source].
  3. Select the paper type for [Paper Type].
  4. Click [OK].

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
Printing starts.

NOTE
Using gray compensation to save color toner

Normally, gray data in a color document is printed with the four toner colors, but you can configure gray data to be printed using only black toner. This is called gray compensation.
Use the following procedure to configure the setting.
  1. Click the [Quality] tab.
  2. Click [Settings].
  3. Select the target for gray compensation from the [Use Pure Black] pull-down menu.
  4. Click [OK].

Printing Mixed Color and Black-and-White Documents at High Speed

When printing a mixed color and black-and-white document, you can use [Assisting Print Settings] to increase the print speed.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Open the [Assisting Print Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Device Settings].
  3. Click [Assisting Print Settings].

Perform the following procedure.
  1. Select the [Print Mixed Color/B&W Documents at High Speed] check box.
  2. Click [OK].
NOTE
When the [Print Mixed Color/B&W Documents at High Speed] check box is cleared

When this check box is cleared, the amount of toner consumed may be reduced.

[F-16] Adjusting the Toner Density

You can adjust the toner density for each color (black, yellow, magenta, and cyan) before printing a document.
You can save toner by adjusting the toner density as needed.
Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Open the [Custom Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click the [Quality] tab.
  2. Click [Settings].

Adjust the toner density.
  1. Adjust the toner density by dragging the [Toner Density] slider for each color.
  2. Click [OK].
Drag the slider to the right to increase the toner density and to the left to decrease the toner density.

Set [Paper Source] and [Paper Type].
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select the paper source you want to use for [Paper Source].
  3. Select the paper type for [Paper Type].
  4. Click [OK].

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
Printing starts.

[F-17] Collating a Specified Number of Copies

You can collate a specified number of copies of a document.
For example, if you are printing three copies of a 3-page document, the pages are printed 1, 2, and 3 in order and then repeated.
Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Set the number of copies.
  1. Click the [Page Setup] tab.
  2. Select the number of copies for [Copies].

Set the collate function.
  1. Click the [Finishing] tab.
  2. Select [Collate] for [Finishing].

Set [Paper Source] and [Paper Type].
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select the paper source you want to use for [Paper Source].
  3. Select the paper type for [Paper Type].
  4. Click [OK].

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
Printing starts.
NOTE
About the [Finishing] setting
  • [Collate]
  • [Off]

[F-18] Printing Data with Different Orientations in the Same Job

When printing a document with data in different orientations in the same job, you can specify the paper alignment and gutter width settings.
Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Open the [Detailed Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click the [Finishing] tab.
  2. Select the [Print in Different Orientations] check box.
  3. Click [Details].
NOTE
Selecting the [Print in Different Orientations] check box

The check box cannot be selected in the following cases.
  • When a setting other than [Match Page Size] is selected for [Output Size] on the [Page Setup] sheet
  • When poster printing is selected

Configure the settings and click [OK].
  • [Paper Alignment]: Select the paper alignment style.
  • [Gutter]: Specify the gutter width.
  • [Image Processing]: Select whether to reduce the size of the image when adding a gutter.
NOTE
Selecting the [Image Processing] option on the [Detailed Settings] dialog box

If the [Spooling at Host] setting on the [Device Settings] sheet is set to [Disabled], you cannot select this option.
Use the following procedure to change the [Spooling at Host] setting.
  1. Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
    • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
    • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]
  2. Open the printing preferences dialog box.
    1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
    2. Click [File].
    3. Click [Properties].
  3. Click the [Device Settings] tab.
  4. Select [Auto] for [Spooling at Host].
  5. Click [OK].
You cannot change these settings unless you have printer administrative rights. Contact your system administrator if you are not sure about your administrative rights.

Set [Paper Source] and [Paper Type].
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select the paper source you want to use for [Paper Source].
  3. Select the paper type for [Paper Type].
  4. Click [OK].

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
Printing starts.

[F-19] Printing with a Gutter on the Edge of the Paper

You can print with a gutter of 0 to 30 mm on the edge of the paper.
When a gutter is specified, the position of the image (print data) is adjusted to create a margin on the paper.
Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Open the [Gutter Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click the [Finishing] tab.
  2. Set [Binding Location].
  3. Click [Gutter].
NOTE
Selecting the [Image Processing] option on the [Gutter Settings] dialog box

If the [Spooling at Host] setting on the [Device Settings] sheet is set to [Disabled], you cannot select this option.
Use the following procedure to change the [Spooling at Host] setting.
  1. Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
    • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
    • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]
  2. Open the printing preferences dialog box.
    1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
    2. Click [File].
    3. Click [Properties].
  3. Click the [Device Settings] tab.
  4. Select [Auto] for [Spooling at Host].
  5. Click [OK].
You cannot change these settings unless you have printer administrative rights. Contact your system administrator if you are not sure about your administrative rights.

Set the gutter.
  1. Specify the gutter width for [Gutter].
  2. For [Image Processing], select whether to reduce the size of the image when adding a gutter.
  3. Click [OK].

Set [Paper Source] and [Paper Type].
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select the paper source you want to use for [Paper Source].
  3. Select the paper type for [Paper Type].
  4. Click [OK].

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
Printing starts.

[F-20] Enlarging or Reducing the Page to Print

There are two ways to enlarge or reduce the page to print.

Enlarging or Reducing the Page to Fit the Paper Size

The following describes how to enlarge or reduce the page to fit the paper size.
Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Set the page size and output size.
  1. Click the [Page Setup] tab.
  2. Select the page size for [Page Size].
  3. Select the output size for [Output Size].
NOTE
If the [Page Size] and other settings are not applied

The [Page Size], [Orientation], and other settings on the printing preferences dialog box may not be applied depending on the application.
In this case, configure these settings using [File] → [Print] or [Page Setup] in the application.
If you do not want the page enlarged or reduced

Select [Match Page Size] for [Output Size].

Set [Paper Source] and [Paper Type].
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select the paper source you want to use for [Paper Source].
  3. Select the paper type for [Paper Type].
  4. Click [OK].

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
Printing starts.

Enlarging or Reducing the Page by Specifying the Scaling Factor

NOTE
Specifying the scaling factor

If [Page Layout] is set to a setting other than [1 Page per Sheet], you cannot specify the scaling factor.
"Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet"

Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. [Properties] or [Preferences].

Specify the scaling factor.
  1. Click the [Page Setup] tab.
  2. Select the [Manual Scaling] check box.
  3. Specify the scaling factor for [Scaling].
    You can specify the scaling factor from 25 to 200%.
IMPORTANT
About enlarging or reducing the page to print

You may not be able to obtain the best setting for the selected paper size.
NOTE
Selecting the [Manual Scaling] check box

If [Page Layout] is set to a setting other than [1 Page per Sheet], you cannot select this option.

Set [Paper Source] and [Paper Type].
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select the paper source you want to use for [Paper Source].
  3. Select the paper type for [Paper Type].
  4. Click [OK].

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
Printing starts.

[F-21] Printing an Image on a Paper Size Larger than A4 (Poster Printing)

You can enlarge a single-page image and print it out on multiple sheets of paper.
You can then join these printouts together to create one large poster.
Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Specify the poster size.
  1. Click the [Page Setup] tab.
  2. Set [Page Layout] to one of the following settings.
    • [Poster [2 x 2]]
    • [Poster [3 x 3]]
    • [Poster [4 x 4]]
NOTE
About [Page Options]

The [Page Options] settings are not applied when printing posters.

Selecting [Page Layout]

[Page Layout] cannot be selected in the following cases.
  • When the [Watermark] check box is selected on the [Page Setup] sheet
  • When a setting other than [Same Paper for All Pages] is selected for [Paper Selection] on the [Paper Source] sheet
  • When the [Spooling at Host] setting on the [Device Settings] sheet is set to [Disabled]
    Use the following procedure to change the [Spooling at Host] setting.

    1. Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
      • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
      • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
      • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
      • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]
    2. Open the printing preferences dialog box.
      1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
      2. Click [File].
      3. Click [Properties].
    3. Click the [Device Settings] tab.
    4. Select [Auto] for [Spooling at Host].
    5. Click [OK].
    You cannot change these settings unless you have printer administrative rights. Contact your system administrator if you are not sure about your administrative rights.

Set [Paper Source] and [Paper Type].
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select the paper source you want to use for [Paper Source].
  3. Select the paper type for [Paper Type].
  4. Click [OK].

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
Printing starts.

[F-22] Combining and Printing Documents

Using Canon PageComposer

This editing and printing function lets you combine multiple print jobs spooled to the printer.
You can combine documents from different applications and print them together.
The following procedure describes how to combine and print multiple documents.

Step 1: Registering a Document to Canon PageComposer
Step 2: Combining Documents
Step 3: Printing Combined Documents

Step 1: Registering a Document to Canon PageComposer

Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Select [Edit and Preview] for [Output Method].
NOTE
Selecting [Output Method]

If the [Spooling at Host] setting on the [Device Settings] sheet is set to [Disabled], you cannot select this option.
Use the following procedure to change the [Spooling at Host] setting.

  1. Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
    • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
    • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]
  2. Open the printing preferences dialog box.
    1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
    2. Click [File].
    3. Click [Properties].
  3. Click the [Device Settings] tab.
  4. Select [Auto] for [Spooling at Host].
  5. Click [OK].
You cannot change these settings unless you have printer administrative rights. Contact your system administrator if you are not sure about your administrative rights.

Click [OK].
NOTE
About the [Information] dialog box

This dialog box appears when [Output Method] is switched between the following settings.
  • [Print]
  • [Edit and Preview]

Configure the printing preferences on each page and click [OK].

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
The spooled documents are displayed in the [Canon PageComposer] dialog box.

Repeat Steps 1 to 6 for all documents you want to combine with this job.


NOTE
Displaying the [Canon PageComposer] dialog box each time you print
  1. Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
    • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
    • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050] → click [File] → [Printing Preferences].
  3. Select [Edit and Preview] for [Output Method].
  4. Click [] (Lock).
  5. Click [OK].
INFORMATION
Operations available with Canon PageComposer

  • Combining and separating documents
  • Duplicating documents
  • Rearranging documents
  • Deleting documents
For details on the operations of the [Canon PageComposer] dialog box, see Help for Canon PageComposer.

Precautions when using Excel files in Canon PageComposer
  • Printing preferences are applied only to the selected sheet.
  • Only the selected sheet is spooled even after performing Steps 1 to 6.
  • To combine multiple sheets in a file, select the necessary sheets.

Step 2: Combining Documents

The following procedure describes how to combine documents displayed in the [Canon PageComposer] dialog box.
Select all documents.

Open the [Combine] dialog box.
  1. Click [Edit].
  2. Click [Combine].

Edit the documents.
  1. Enter a name for [Document Name].
  2. Click [Combine].
The [Canon PageComposer] dialog box reappears.
INFORMATION
Deleting specific pages

Select the thumbnails of the pages you want to delete → click [Delete].

Checking changes to the combined documents or printing preferences

Click [Print Preview].

Step 3: Printing Combined Documents

Select the combined documents.

Print the documents.
  1. Click [File].
  2. Click [Print].
NOTE
Combined documents are not saved
  • After the combined documents are printed, the data is deleted.
  • The data is also deleted if Canon PageComposer is closed without printing the documents.

Printing a document normally after combining documents
If you want to print a separate document normally in the same application, use the following procedure to change the printing preferences.
  1. Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  2. Configure the printing preferences.
  3. Select [Print] for [Output Method].

[F-23] Adding a Watermark to a Document to Be Printed (Watermark Printing)

You can superimpose a watermark, such as "CONFIDENTIAL" or "COPY," to a document created with an application.
Select from a list of registered watermarks or add and edit watermarks.

Printing with a Watermark

Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Select a watermark.
  1. Click the [Page Setup] tab.
  2. Select the [Watermark] check box.
  3. Select a watermark from the menu.
NOTE
Selecting the [Watermark] check box

The check box cannot be selected in the following cases.
  • When [Poster [N x N]] is selected for [Page Layout] on the [Page Setup] sheet
  • When the [Spooling at Host] setting on the [Device Settings] sheet is set to [Disabled]
    Use the following procedure to change the [Spooling at Host] setting.

    1. Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
      • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
      • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
      • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
      • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]
    2. Open the printing preferences dialog box.
      1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
      2. Click [File].
      3. Click [Properties].
    3. Click the [Device Settings] tab.
    4. Select [Auto] for [Spooling at Host].
    5. Click [OK].
    You cannot change these settings unless you have printer administrative rights. Contact your system administrator if you are not sure about your administrative rights.

Set [Paper Source] and [Paper Type].
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select the paper source you want to use for [Paper Source].
  3. Select the paper type for [Paper Type].
  4. Click [OK].

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
Printing starts.

Adding or Editing a Watermark

Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Open the [Edit Watermark] dialog box.
  1. Click the [Page Setup] tab.
  2. Select the [Watermark] check box.
  3. Click [Edit Watermark].
NOTE
Selecting the [Watermark] check box

The check box cannot be selected in the following cases.
  • When [Poster [N x N]] is selected for [Page Layout] on the [Page Setup] sheet
  • When the [Spooling at Host] setting on the [Device Settings] sheet is set to [Disabled]
    Use the following procedure to change the [Spooling at Host] setting.

    1. Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
      • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
      • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
      • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
      • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]
    2. Open the printing preferences dialog box.
      1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
      2. Click [File].
      3. Click [Properties].
    3. Click the [Device Settings] tab.
    4. Select [Auto] for [Spooling at Host].
    5. Click [OK].
    You cannot change these settings unless you have printer administrative rights. Contact your system administrator if you are not sure about your administrative rights.

Add, edit, or delete a watermark.
  • Adding a watermark
    1. Click [Add].
    2. Enter the name of the watermark to be displayed in [Watermark List] for [Name].
    3. Enter the text to be printed for [Text].
    4. Edit the font, position, and other settings for the watermark.

  • Editing a watermark
    1. Select the watermark you want to edit from [Watermark List].
    2. Edit the watermark.

  • Deleting a watermark
    1. Select the watermark you want to delete from [Watermark List].
    2. Click [Delete].
    3. When the deletion confirmation message appears, click [Yes].
NOTE
Watermarks that cannot be edited or deleted
  • Default watermarks
  • The watermark currently selected in the printing preferences dialog box

Click [OK].
Adding or editing the watermark is finished.

[F-24] Printing Borders and the Printing Date

You can print a border, the date, and page numbers on the document to be printed.
Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Open the [Page Options] dialog box.
  1. Click the [Page Setup] tab.
  2. Click [Page Options].
NOTE
Selecting [Page Options]

[Page Options] cannot be selected in the following cases.
  • When [Poster [N x N]] is selected for [Page Layout] on the [Page Setup] sheet
  • When the [Spooling at Host] setting on the [Device Settings] sheet is set to [Disabled]
    Use the following procedure to change the [Spooling at Host] setting.

    1. Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
      • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
      • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
      • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
      • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]
    2. Open the printing preferences dialog box.
      1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
      2. Click [File].
      3. Click [Properties].
    3. Click the [Device Settings] tab.
    4. Select [Auto] for [Spooling at Host].
    5. Click [OK].
    You cannot change these settings unless you have printer administrative rights. Contact your system administrator if you are not sure about your administrative rights.

Configure the [Page Options] sheet.
  1. Select the items to be printed.
    • [Edging]: Type of border
    • [Print Date]: Position for printing the date
    • [Print User Name]: Position for printing the user name
    • [Print Page Number]: Position for printing the page number
  2. Click [OK].
NOTE
When selecting [Edging]

The size of the original document is reduced.

Formatting the date, user name, and page numbers

Use the following procedure.
  1. Click [Format Settings] on the [Page Options] sheet.
  2. Configure the format settings.
  3. Click [OK].

Set [Paper Source] and [Paper Type].
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select the paper source you want to use for [Paper Source].
  3. Select the paper type for [Paper Type].
  4. Click [OK].

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
Printing starts.

[F-25] Printing Photos and Graphics

You can print beautiful photos and graphics by configuring the printing preferences to match the type of print data.
Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Select the objective for printing.
  1. Click the [Quality] tab.
  2. Select the type of print data for [Objective].
    • [General]: When printing general documents
    • [Presentation Documents]: When printing documents that include images or illustrations
    • [Photos]: When printing photos
    • [Designs [CAD]]: When printing thin colored lines and CAD data

Set [Paper Source] and [Paper Type].
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select the paper source you want to use for [Paper Source].
  3. Select the paper type for [Paper Type].
  4. Click [OK].

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
Printing starts.

[F-26] Correcting Rough-Textured Images

When a photo or other image data is enlarged in an application, the printed image can look rough or jagged.
You can use the image correction function to smooth out the image data.
Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Open the [Custom Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click the [Quality] tab.
  2. Click [Settings].

Enable image correction.
  1. Select the [Enable Image Correction] check box.
  2. Click [OK].

Set [Paper Source] and [Paper Type].
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select the paper source you want to use for [Paper Source].
  3. Select the paper type for [Paper Type].
  4. Click [OK].

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
Printing starts.

[F-27] Adjusting the Color of the Document to Be Printed

You can adjust the color of a photo or graphic before printing.

Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Open the [Color Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click the [Quality] tab.
  2. Select the [Manual Color Settings] check box.
  3. Click [Color Settings].

Adjust the color of the photo or graphic.
  1. Click the [Color Adjustment] tab.
  2. Adjust the color by moving the preview image at the center of the adjustment grid.
NOTE
Adjusting the color

  • When the preview image is at the center of the adjustment grid, the color of the image is not adjusted.
  • Clicking the color buttons surrounding the adjustment grid deepens that color in the image by one increment.
  • Clicking a point on the adjustment grid moves the preview image to that point.
  • [Adjustment Position] displays the position of the preview image along the X (horizontal) and Y (vertical) axes.
  • A preview of the image after adjustment is displayed at the top left of the sheet.

Click [OK] on the [Color Settings] dialog box.

Set [Paper Source] and [Paper Type].
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select the paper source you want to use for [Paper Source].
  3. Select the paper type for [Paper Type].
  4. Click [OK].

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
Printing starts.

[F-28] Matching the Color on the Display

Matching and Gamma Adjustment

Because of differences in the color adjustment methods of the computer display (RGB) and the printer (YMC), the color in a photo or graphic viewed on the display may not match the color of the printout.
You can use the color matching function to adjust the color of the printout to more closely match the color you see on the display.
You can also use gamma adjustment to adjust the color by the brightness without performing matching, and you can use CanoFine to correct images automatically.

Using the Matching Function to Adjust the Color

Use the color matching function to adjust the color of the printout to more closely match the color you see on the display.
Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Open the [Color Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click the [Quality] tab.
  2. Select the [Manual Color Settings] check box.
  3. Click [Color Settings].

Specify the settings on the [Matching] sheet.
  1. Click the [Matching] tab.
  2. Select [Driver Matching Mode] for [Matching Mode].
  3. Select [Perceptual [Monitor Color Matched]] for [Matching Method].
  4. Select a profile for [Monitor Profile].
  5. Click [OK].
NOTE
[Matching] sheet settings
  • [Monitor Profile] displays the profiles registered in your computer.
  • Selecting the [Application Color Matching Priority] check box gives priority to the color matching setting in the application.

Set [Paper Source] and [Paper Type].
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select the paper source you want to use for [Paper Source].
  3. Select the paper type for [Paper Type].
  4. Click [OK].

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
Printing starts.

Adjusting the Gamma Value

You can adjust the gamma value to change the brightness of the printout without affecting the lightest or darkest parts of the image data.
Use this option when the printed image is brighter than the original image or when you want to change the brightness of the image.
Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Open the [Color Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click the [Quality] tab.
  2. Select the [Manual Color Settings] check box.
  3. Click [Color Settings].

Specify the gamma value.
  1. Click the [Matching] tab.
  2. Select [Gamma Adjustment] for [Matching Mode].
  3. Select the gamma value for [Gamma].
  4. Click [OK].
NOTE
About the gamma value

The higher the gamma value, the darker the colors in the image become when printed.

Set [Paper Source] and [Paper Type].
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select the paper source you want to use for [Paper Source].
  3. Select the paper type for [Paper Type].
  4. Click [OK].

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
Printing starts.

Using CanoFine to Correct the Image Automatically

Use the CanoFine function to correct images automatically.
With this function, you can achieve beautiful printouts of digital camera images.
Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Open the [Color Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click the [Quality] tab.
  2. Select the [Manual Color Settings] check box.
  3. Click [Color Settings].

Specify the CanoFine setting.
  1. Click the [Matching] tab.
  2. Select the [Use CanoFine] check box.
  3. Select a check box for the type of processing.
  4. Click [OK].
NOTE
CanoFine processing setting
  • [Single-page Batch Processing]: All bitmap data on one page is treated as one set of data. This is useful when printing bitmap data that has been rotated or cut out.
  • [Enhanced Saturation]: Enhances the vividness of the colors.
Selecting the [Use CanoFine] check box

The check box cannot be selected in the following cases.
  • When [Black and White] is selected for [Color Mode] on the [Quality] sheet
  • When [ICM Mode] is selected for [Matching Mode] on the [Matching] sheet
  • When the [Spooling at Host] setting on the [Device Settings] sheet is set to [Disabled]
    Use the following procedure to change the [Spooling at Host] setting.

    1. Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
      • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
      • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
      • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
      • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]
    2. Open the printing preferences dialog box.
      1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
      2. Click [File].
      3. Click [Properties].
    3. Click the [Device Settings] tab.
    4. Select [Auto] for [Spooling at Host].
    5. Click [OK].
    You cannot change these settings unless you have printer administrative rights. Contact your system administrator if you are not sure about your administrative rights.

Set [Paper Source] and [Paper Type].
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select the paper source you want to use for [Paper Source].
  3. Select the paper type for [Paper Type].
  4. Click [OK].

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
Printing starts.

[F-29] Adjusting the Brightness and Contrast and Printing an Image

You can adjust the brightness and contrast of a photo or graphic data before printing.
Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Open the [Color Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click the [Quality] tab.
  2. Select the [Manual Color Settings] check box.
  3. Click [Color Settings].

Adjust the brightness and contrast.
  1. Click the [Color Adjustment] tab.
  2. Adjust the brightness and contrast by dragging the [Brightness] and [Contrast] sliders.

Click [OK] on the [Color Settings] dialog box.

Set [Paper Source] and [Paper Type].
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select the paper source you want to use for [Paper Source].
  3. Select the paper type for [Paper Type].
  4. Click [OK].

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
Printing starts.

[F-30] Using the Preview Pane to Configure the Printing Preferences

The following describes the printing preferences that can be configured in the preview pane.

Configuring the [Binding Location], [Page Layout], and [Color Mode] Settings

Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Click [] at the top left of the preview pane.

You can configure the following settings in the preview pane.
  • [Binding Location]
    Click the edge (one of the two borders) of the printed paper to be bound.
    The selected binding location is displayed in red.
  • [Page Layout]
    Click repeatedly at the center of the preview image.
    The setting changes in the order of [1 Page per Sheet], [2 Pages per Sheet], and [4 Pages per Sheet].
  • [Color Mode Setting]
    Click [] repeatedly at the bottom of the preview pane.
    The setting changes in the order of [] (Auto Detect), [] (Black and White), and [] (Color).
NOTE
Mouse cursor display

The display of the mouse cursor changes depending on where the mouse cursor is positioned in the preview pane.
The cursor displays an image of the result of clicking that location for the following settings.
  • [Binding Location]
    The binding location changes as follows when clicking the top or left of the preview image.

    1. Left
    2. Top


  • [Page Layout]
    The page layout changes as follows each time the preview image is clicked.

    1. 2 Pages per Sheet
    2. 4 Pages per Sheet
    3. 1 Page per Sheet


Using the submenu
You can right-click the preview pane to display a submenu.
The current settings are indicated with a checkmark.

Click [OK].

The setting is finished.

Specifying the Paper Source and Configuring the [Finishing] Setting

Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Click [] at the top left of the preview pane.

You can configure the following settings in the preview pane.
  • Paper source settings
    Click the paper source you want to use.
    Clicking [Auto] at the bottom right of the preview pane enables the paper source to be changed automatically.
  • [Finishing]
    Right-click the printer image.
    Click [Finishing] on the submenu, and then select one of the following settings.
    • [Off]
    • [Collate]
NOTE
Mouse cursor display

The display of the mouse cursor changes depending on where the mouse cursor is positioned in the preview pane.

  • [Paper Cassette]

    Click this to select the paper cassette as the paper source.
  • [Manual Feed Slot]

    Click this to select the manual feed slot as the paper source.

  • [Auto]

    Click this to let the printer select the paper source automatically.


Setting the paper source

You can use the preview pane to set the paper source according to the [Paper Selection] setting, as indicated below.

  • [Same Paper for All Pages]
    The paper source selected on the preview image is used.
  • [Different for First, Others, and Last]
    1. Right-click the paper source you want to use.
    2. On the submenu, select the page source you want to designate.
  • [Different for First, Second, Others, and Last]
    1. Right-click the paper source you want to use.
    2. On the submenu, select the page source you want to designate.

Click [OK].

The setting is finished.

[F-31] Saving Frequently Used Printing Preferences (Profiles)

You can save frequently used printing preferences as profiles, and then you can easily select a profile when needed.
You can also change the settings of and delete saved profiles.

Selecting a Profile for Printing

Several frequently used printing preferences have already been saved as profiles.
The following describes how to print using the profile for black-and-white documents as an example.
Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Select [B & W Documents] for [Profile].

Set [Paper Source] and [Paper Type].
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select the paper source you want to use for [Paper Source].
  3. Select the paper type for [Paper Type].
  4. Click [OK].

Click [OK] on the [Print] dialog box.
Printing starts.
IMPORTANT
Selecting profiles

You cannot select a profile when the [Profile] sheet is set as follows.
  • When the [Allow Profile Selection] check box is not selected
  • When the [Allow Setting Edition] check box is not selected
Use the following procedure to change the setting on the [Profile] sheet.
  1. Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
    • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
    • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]
  2. Open the printing preferences dialog box.
    1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
    2. Click [File].
    3. Click [Properties].
  3. Click the [Profile] tab.
  4. Select the [Allow Profile Selection] and [Allow Setting Edition] check boxes.
  5. Click [OK].
You cannot change this setting unless you have printer administrative rights. Contact your system administrator if you are not sure about your administrative rights.

Adding a Profile

Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Specify the printing preferences.
Specify the settings on the [Page Setup], [Finishing], [Paper Source], and [Quality] sheets.

Click [] (Add Profile).

Add a profile.
  1. Enter a name for the profile for [Name].
    • [Icon]: Select an icon for the profile. (Optional)
    • [Comment]: Enter a comment for the profile. (Optional)
  2. Click [OK].
To view the printing preferences for the profile, click [View Settings].
IMPORTANT
About adding a profile

You cannot add a profile when the [Profile] sheet is set as follows.
  • When the [Allow Profile Selection] check box is not selected
  • When the [Allow Setting Edition] check box is not selected
Use the following procedure to change the setting on the [Profile] sheet.
  1. Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
    • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
    • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]
  2. Open the printing preferences dialog box.
    1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
    2. Click [File].
    3. Click [Properties].
  3. Click the [Profile] tab.
  4. Select the [Allow Profile Selection] and [Allow Setting Edition] check boxes.
  5. Click [OK].
You cannot change this setting unless you have printer administrative rights. Contact your system administrator if you are not sure about your administrative rights.
NOTE
About profiles

You can add up to 50 profiles for each user account, not including the default profiles.
If the printer name is changed, all saved profiles can no longer be used.
To use a saved profile, change the printer name back to its previous name.

About the profile name and comments

The profile name must not exceed 31 characters, and the comment must not exceed 255 characters.

Changing a Profile

Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Click [] (Edit Profile).

Edit the profile information.
  1. Select the profile you want to edit.
  2. Edit the profile name, icon, or comment.
  3. Click [OK].
To view the printing preferences for the profile, click [View Settings].
IMPORTANT
About editing a profile

You cannot edit a profile when the [Profile] sheet is set as follows.
  • When you try to edit a default profile
  • When the [Allow Profile Selection] check box on the [Profile] sheet is not selected
  • When the [Allow Setting Edition] check box on the [Profile] sheet is not selected
Use the following procedure to change the setting on the [Profile] sheet.
  1. Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
    • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
    • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]
  2. Open the printing preferences dialog box.
    1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
    2. Click [File].
    3. Click [Properties].
  3. Click the [Profile] tab.
  4. Select the [Allow Profile Selection] and [Allow Setting Edition] check boxes.
  5. Click [OK].
You cannot change this setting unless you have printer administrative rights. Contact your system administrator if you are not sure about your administrative rights.
INFORMATION
Available options when editing a profile
  • [] (Move Up), [] (Move Down)
    Moves the selected profile.
  • [Import]
    Imports profile data from a saved file.
  • [Export]
    Saves the selected profile as a file.
  • [Apply Settings from Application]
    Selecting this check box gives priority to the following settings in the application.
    • [Page Size]
    • [Orientation]
    • [Copies]

Deleting a Profile

Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Click [] (Edit Profile).

Delete a profile.
  1. Select the profile you want to delete.
  2. Click [Delete].
  3. Click [Yes].
  4. Click [OK].
To view the printing preferences for the profile, click [View Settings].
IMPORTANT
About deleting a profile

You cannot delete a profile when the [Profile] sheet is set as follows.
  • When you try to delete the currently selected profile
  • When you try to delete a default profile
  • When the [Allow Profile Selection] check box on the [Profile] sheet is not selected
  • When the [Allow Setting Edition] check box on the [Profile] sheet is not selected
Use the following procedure to change the setting on the [Profile] sheet.
  1. Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
    • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
    • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]
  2. Open the printing preferences dialog box.
    1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
    2. Click [File].
    3. Click [Properties].
  3. Click the [Profile] tab.
  4. Select the [Allow Profile Selection] and [Allow Setting Edition] check boxes.
  5. Click [OK].
You cannot change this setting unless you have printer administrative rights. Contact your system administrator if you are not sure about your administrative rights.

[G-01] Displaying the Printer Status Window

There are three ways to open the Printer Status Window.

Opening the Printer Status Window from the Taskbar Icon

If the Printer Status Window is not open, the Printer Status Window icon is displayed automatically in the taskbar when printing starts, a toner cartridge becomes empty, or an error occurs.
NOTE
Changing the conditions for displaying the Printer Status Window icon

"Configuring the Printer Status Window Display and Monitoring Settings"
Open the Printer Status Window from the taskbar icon.
  1. Click [].
  2. Click [Canon LBP5050].

Opening the Printer Status Window from an Application

Open the [Print] dialog box.
  1. In an application, click [File].
  2. Click [Print].

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Properties] or [Preferences].

Click [] to open the Printer Status Window.
The Printer Status Window appears.
NOTE
About the [] (Display Printer Status Window) button

You can click this button on the [Page Setup], [Finishing], [Paper Source], or [Quality] sheet.

Opening the Printer Status Window from the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] Folder

Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
  • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
  • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
  • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
  • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [File].
  3. Click [Printing Preferences].

Click [] to open the Printer Status Window.
The Printer Status Window appears.
NOTE
About the [] (Display Printer Status Window) button

You can click this button on the [Page Setup], [Finishing], [Paper Source], or [Quality] sheet.

[G-02] Configuring the Printer Status Window Display and Monitoring Settings

Use the [Preferences] dialog box to configure the Printer Status Window display settings.
There are two types of [Preferences] dialog boxes. The following describes how to configure the display settings using the [Preferences (Administrators)] dialog box.
IMPORTANT
About [Preferences (Administrators)]

You cannot display this dialog box unless you have printer administrative rights.
Contact your system administrator for more details.

Configuring the Display Setting

You can configure the Printer Status Window to be displayed automatically when starting printing or when an error or toner warning occurs.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Open the [Preferences (Administrators)] dialog box.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Preferences (Administrators)].
If you selected [Preferences (Users)], go to Step 4.

Select the [Sets the Display Settings of All Users] check box.


Select the display setting.
  • [Display Settings]
    • [When Starting Printing]: The Printer Status Window is displayed automatically when starting printing.
    • [When Errors Occur]: The Printer Status Window is displayed automatically when an error occurs.
    • [Do Not Display Automatically]: The Printer Status Window is not displayed automatically.
  • [Display Settings When Toner Warnings Occur]
    • [Display Printer Status Window]: The Printer Status Window is displayed automatically when a toner warning occurs in the following cases.
      • When the toner cartridge needs to be replaced soon
      • When the toner cartridge needs to be replaced
NOTE
Selecting the [Display Settings] option

[Display Settings] cannot be selected in the following cases.
  • [Preferences (Users)]
    If the [Sets the Display Settings of All Users] check box is selected in the [Preferences (Administrators)] dialog box.
  • [Preferences (Administrators)]
    If the [Sets the Display Settings of All Users] check box is cleared.
Selecting the [Display Settings When Toner Warnings Occur] option

If the [Sets the Display Settings of All Users] check box is not selected in the [Preferences (Administrators)] dialog box, you cannot select this option.
INFORMATION
To not display the Printer Status Window

Select [Not Display Automatically]. When this is selected, the Printer Status Window is not displayed when printing starts or when an error occurs, so be sure to open the Printer Status Window periodically to check for any errors. When [Display Settings When Toner Warnings Occur] is selected, the Printer Status Window is only displayed when a toner warning occurs.

Click [OK].
The Printer Status Window reappears.

Configuring the Monitor Status

Use the administrator dialog box to configure the settings for monitoring the printer status. When specifying the printer status to always be monitored, you can also select whether to notify the printer of the time.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Open the [Preferences] dialog box.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Preferences (Administrators)].
If you selected [Preferences (Users)], you cannot configure the setting for monitoring the printer status.

Select the method for monitoring the printer status.
  • Select from the following options.
    • [Only while Displaying Printer Status Window]: The printer status is monitored only while the Printer Status Window is displayed.
    • [Only while Printing]: The printer status is monitored only while printing.
    • [Always]: The printer status is always monitored.
NOTE
To notify the printer of the time

  1. Select [Always] for [Monitor Printer Status].
  2. Select the [Notify the Printer of the Time] check box.

Click [OK].
The Printer Status Window reappears.

[G-03] Reducing Printer Power Consumption

You can reduce power consumption of the printer efficiently by using the sleep mode when the printer is not used for a certain time.
The following describes how to configure the sleep mode.

Configuring the Sleep Mode

Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Open the [Sleep Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Device Settings].
  3. Click [Sleep Settings].

Configure the sleep mode.
  1. Select the [Use Sleep Mode] check box.
  2. Specify the time until the printer enters sleep mode for [Time to Enter Sleep Mode].

Click [OK].
The Printer Status Window reappears.
NOTE
Sleep mode

You can select [5], [10], [15], [30], [60], [90], [120], [150], or [180] minutes for [Time to Enter Sleep Mode]. The default value is [30] minutes. You can also configure the printer not to enter the sleep mode.
Sleep mode is canceled in the following cases:
  • When printing
  • When calibrating the printer
  • When correcting "out-of-register colors"
  • When cleaning the printer
  • When the front cover is opened or closed
Power consumption when the printer is off

Even when the power switch is set to "|" (off), the printer consumes a small amount of power while the power cord is plugged into an AC outlet.
To completely stop printer power consumption, unplug the power cord from the AC power outlet.

[G-04] Refreshing the Printer Status Window Display

You can refresh the Printer Status Window for the latest printer information.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Click [] (Refresh).
The latest printer information is obtained and the Printer Status Window is refreshed.
NOTE
Updating information from the menu

You can also click [Options] → [Refresh] to update the information.

[G-05] Checking the Remaining Amount of Toner and Handling Toner Cartridges

The following describes how to check the remaining amount of toner using the Printer Status Window and the precautions for handling toner cartridges.

Checking the Remaining Amount of Toner

Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Click [] (Consumables/Counters).
The [Consumables/Counters] dialog box appears.
NOTE
Checking information on consumables from the menu

You can also click [Options] → [Consumables/Counters].
About [Toner Cartridge Information]

[Toner Cartridge Information] on the [Consumables/Counters] dialog box displays icons and messages indicating the status of the toner cartridges.
The following table describes the meanings of the icons and messages.
  • Icon
  • Message
    • Available
  • Meaning
    • Can be operated normally.

  • Icon
  • Message
    • Replacement Needed Soon
  • Meaning
    • The toner cartridge needs to be replaced soon.
      Have a new toner cartridge ready.

  • Icon
  • Message
    • Check Cartridge
  • Meaning
    • A toner cartridge with print quality that cannot be guaranteed or a used toner cartridge is installed.
      It is recommended that you replace the toner cartridge.

  • Icon
  • Message
    • Replace Cartridge
  • Meaning
    • One or more cartridges have reached the end of their life.
      Replace the toner cartridges.

  • Icon
  • Message
    • Install Cartridge
  • Meaning
    • One or more toner cartridges are not installed or not set in the correct positions.

Precautions for Handling Toner Cartridges

The toner cartridges consist of light-sensitive components and precision mechanical components.
Handling the toner cartridges without due care may result in damage to the toner cartridges or deterioration in print quality.
Observe the following precautions when handling the toner cartridges.
WARNING
Do not dispose of used toner cartridges in open flames

This may cause the toner remaining inside the cartridges to ignite, resulting in burns or fire.
CAUTION
Precautions if you get toner on your hands or clothing

If toner gets on your hands or clothing, wash them immediately with cold water. Washing with warm water sets the toner, making it impossible to remove the toner stains.
IMPORTANT
Be careful when handling the toner cartridges.
  • Do not touch the drum.
    Touching or damaging the photosensitive drum inside the toner cartridge may result in deterioration in print quality.
  • Do not touch or jolt the toner cartridge memory (A).
  • Do not touch or hold the sensor (B).
  • Do not touch or hold the electrical contacts (C).
Precautions when installing or removing the toner cartridges
  • When removing the toner cartridges, be sure to immediately place them into the original protective bag or wrap them with a thick cloth.
  • When replacing a toner cartridge, be sure to replace the toner cartridge of the same color.
  • Do not expose the toner cartridges to direct sunlight or strong light.
  • Do not disassemble or modify the toner cartridges.
  • Condensation (water droplets on the inside or outside) may form on the toner cartridges when brought into an environment with a sudden change in temperature or humidity.
    When moving a new toner cartridge to a location with a higher temperature or humidity, leave the cartridge in the protective bag at the new location for two hours to allow it to adjust to the new environment.
  • Keep toner cartridges away from products that generate magnetic waves, such as a computer or computer display.

Be careful of counterfeit toners

Please be aware that there are counterfeit Canon toners in the marketplace. Use of counterfeit toner may result in poor print quality or machine performance. Canon is not responsible for any malfunction, accident or damage caused by the use of non-genuine Canon toner or counterfeit toner.

For more information, see http://www.canon.com/counterfeit.

[G-06] Replacing Toner Cartridges

If a toner cartridge reaches the end of its life, use the following procedure to replace with a new toner cartridge.
CAUTION
Do not dispose of used toner cartridges in open flames

This may cause the toner remaining inside the cartridges to ignite, resulting in burns or fire.
Precautions if you get toner on your hands or clothing

If toner gets on your hands or clothing, wash them immediately with cold water.
Washing with warm water sets the toner, making it impossible to remove the toner stains.
IMPORTANT
Using the specified toner cartridges

Be sure to use only genuine Canon toner cartridges designed for this printer.
Be careful of counterfeit toners

Please be aware that there are counterfeit Canon toners in the marketplace. Use of counterfeit toner may result in poor print quality or machine performance. Canon is not responsible for any malfunction, accident or damage caused by the use of non-genuine Canon toner or counterfeit toner.

For more information, see http://www.canon.com/counterfeit.
Gently open the front cover.

Remove the toner cartridge tray.
Pull the front handle.
NOTE
Order of the toner cartridges

Hold the toner cartridge to be replaced by its handle and pull it straight up and out of the printer.


Remove the new toner cartridge from the protective bag.
You can open the protective bag with your hands.
When opening the protective bag with scissors, be careful not to damage the toner cartridge.
IMPORTANT
Do not touch the high-voltage contacts (A) indicated in the diagram.

This may result in damage to the printer.
NOTE
About the protective bag of the toner cartridge

  • Install the toner cartridge as soon you remove it from the protective bag.
  • Keep the protective bag in case the toner cartridge needs to be removed for printer maintenance.

Shake the toner cartridge to distribute the toner inside the cartridge.
Gently shake the toner cartridge five or six times. (Do not remove the drum protective cover.)
CAUTION
If toner gets into your eyes or mouth

Wash them immediately with cold water and consult a physician.
IMPORTANT
Shaking the toner cartridge

Gently shake the toner cartridge so as not to spill any toner.
If the toner is not distributed evenly

This may result in a deterioration in print quality. Perform the following operation.

Place the toner cartridge on a flat surface.


Remove the sealing tape (approximately 50 cm long).
  1. Grab the tab with your finger and pull the tab.
  2. Remove the tab.
  3. Pull out the sealing tape straight in the direction of the arrow.
CAUTION
Be careful not to allow the toner to scatter.
  • Do not pull out the sealing tape forcefully or stop at midpoint, as this may cause toner to spill out.
  • If toner gets into your eyes or mouth, wash them immediately with cold water and consult a physician.
IMPORTANT
Pull the sealing tape completely out of the toner cartridge.
  • Gently pull out the sealing tape in the direction of the arrow. If the sealing tape breaks, you may not be able to fully remove it.
  • Any sealing tape not removed from the toner cartridge may result in poor print quality.
  • Dispose of the sealing tape according to local regulations.

Remove the drum protective cover.
IMPORTANT
Do not touch the drum.

  • After removing the drum protective cover, install the toner cartridges.
  • Touching or allowing anything to come in contact with the drum may result in deterioration in print quality.
NOTE
About the drum protective cover

Keep the drum protective cover in case the toner cartridge needs to be removed for printer maintenance.

Install the toner cartridge.
IMPORTANT
Precautions when installing the toner cartridges

  • When handling the toner cartridges, be careful not to let the drum impact the frame of the toner cartridge tray.
  • Do not hold the toner cartridge in a manner that is not indicated in this procedure.
  • The position of the toner cartridge in the printer is determined by the toner color. Install the toner cartridges in the slots that have labels of the same color.
  • Install the toner cartridges securely into the printer.

Close the toner cartridge tray.

Gently close the front cover.

CAUTION
Precautions when closing the front cover

Be careful not to catch your fingers.
IMPORTANT
If you cannot close the front cover

Check if the toner cartridges are installed properly.
Do not try to forcefully close the front cover, as this may damage the printer.
Do not leave the front cover open for a long time after installing the toner cartridges.

This may result in a deterioration in print quality.
Replacing the toner cartridges

It is recommended that you use genuine Canon toner cartridges.
NOTE
Handling toner cartridges

"Checking the Remaining Amount of Toner and Handling Toner Cartridges"

About the packing material

The packing material may be changed in form or placement, or may be added or removed without notice.

[G-07] Storing Toner Cartridges

Storing Toner Cartridges

IMPORTANT
Precautions when storing toner cartridges
  • Do not store the toner cartridges in a location exposed to direct sunlight.
  • Do not store the toner cartridges in a location subject to high temperature or humidity or in a location with dramatic changes in temperature or humidity.
    Storage temperature: 0 to 35°C (32 to 95°F)
    Storage humidity range: 35 to 85% RH (no condensation)
  • Do not store the toner cartridges in a location exposed to corrosive gases, such as ammonia, salt air, or large amounts of dust.
  • Keep the toner cartridges out of the reach of small children.
Important storage information
  • Do not store the toner cartridges vertically or upside-down.
  • Store the toner cartridges in the same orientation as when installed in the printer.
  • Do not take a new toner cartridge out of the protective bag until it is ready to be used.
  • When removing used toner cartridges, be sure to immediately attach the drum protective cover and place the toner cartridges into the original protective bag or wrap them with a thick cloth.
NOTE
Condensation

Even when the toner cartridges are stored within the recommended humidity range, water droplets may form on the inside or outside of the cartridges when moved to an environment with a sudden change in temperature or humidity.
The formation of water droplets is called condensation. Condensation can adversely affect the print quality of the toner cartridges.

[G-08] Calibrating the Printer

Calibrate the printer when the colors have changed and the document is not printed in the correct colors (specified colors).
Calibrate the printer periodically to maintain uniform colors.
IMPORTANT
Precautions when calibrating the printer

  • To calibrate the printer, the computer connected to the printer (print server when shared on a network) must be running.
  • Performing calibration frequently may affect the life of the toner cartridges.

Calibrating the Printer Manually

Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Open the [Calibration] dialog box.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Utility].
  3. Click [Calibration].

Click [OK].
The calibration starts.
NOTE
Calibration time

Calibration takes approximately 95 seconds.

Performing Quality Correction Immediately After the Printer Is Turned On

You can set the printer to perform quality correction (calibration and "out-of-register colors" correction) immediately after the printer is turned on.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Open the [Startup Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Device Settings].
  3. Click [Startup Settings].

Configure the printer to perform calibration immediately after the printer is turned on.
  • [Execute Later]: Calibration and "out-of-register colors" correction are performed 15 minutes after the printer is turned on.
  • [Execute Immediately (Level 1)]: "Out-of-register colors" correction is performed immediately and calibration is performed 15 minutes later.
  • [Execute Immediately (Level 2)]: Calibration and "out-of-register colors" correction are performed immediately.
IMPORTANT
Operation of the printer immediately after it has been turned on

  • Even when [Execute Later] is selected, if calibration or "out-of-register colors" correction is performed for some reason within 15 minutes from the time the printer is turned on, calibration and "out-of-register colors" correction is not performed 15 minutes after the printer is turned on.
  • Even when [Execute Immediately (Level 1)] or [Execute Immediately (Level 2)] is selected, depending on the status of the printer, calibration and "out-of-register colors" correction may not be performed immediately after the printer is turned on.
NOTE
Delay time after the printer is turned on

If [Execute Later] or [Execute Immediately (Level 1)] is selected and a document is printed before 15 minutes has elapsed from the time the printer was turned on, calibration and "out-of-register colors" correction are performed immediately after printing is completed.

[G-09] Correcting "Out-of-Register Colors"

Use the following procedure to correct "out-of-register colors" as necessary.
Do this periodically to prevent "out-of-register colors."
IMPORTANT
Precautions when correcting "out-of-register colors"

To correct "out-of-register colors," the computer connected to the printer (print server when shared on a network) must be running.
Correcting "out-of-register colors" frequently may affect the life of the toner cartridges.

Correcting "Out-of-Register Colors" Manually

Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Open the [Out-of-Register Colors Correction] dialog box.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Utility].
  3. Click [Out-of-Register Colors Correction].

Click [OK].
Correction of "out-of-register colors" starts.
NOTE
Correction time

Correction of "out-of-register colors" takes approximately 95 seconds.

Performing Quality Correction Immediately After the Printer Is Turned On

You can set the printer to perform quality correction (calibration and "out-of-register colors" correction) immediately after the printer is turned on.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Open the [Startup Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Device Settings].
  3. Click [Startup Settings].

Configure the printer to perform calibration immediately after the printer is turned on.
  • [Execute Later]: Calibration and "out-of-register colors" correction are performed 15 minutes after the printer is turned on.
  • [Execute Immediately (Level 1)]: "Out-of-register colors" correction is performed immediately and calibration is performed 15 minutes later.
  • [Execute Immediately (Level 2)]: Calibration and "out-of-register colors" correction are performed immediately.
IMPORTANT
Operation of the printer immediately after it has been turned on

  • Even when [Execute Later] is selected, if calibration or "out-of-register colors" correction is performed for some reason within 15 minutes from the time the printer is turned on, calibration and "out-of-register colors" correction is not performed 15 minutes after the printer is turned on.
  • Even when [Execute Immediately (Level 1)] or [Execute Immediately (Level 2)] is selected, depending on the status of the printer, calibration and "out-of-register colors" correction may not be performed immediately after the printer is turned on.
NOTE
Delay time after the printer is turned on

If [Execute Later] or [Execute Immediately (Level 1)] is selected and a document is printed before 15 minutes has elapsed from the time the printer was turned on, calibration and "out-of-register colors" correction are performed immediately after printing is completed.

[G-10] Cleaning the Inside of the Printer

Cleaning the printer periodically can prevent a deterioration in print quality.

Cleaning the Fixing Roller (Cleaning 1)

If the printed paper has smudge marks, clean the fixing roller inside the printer.
Load A4 size plain paper in the manual feed slot or paper cassette.


Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
  • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
  • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
  • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
  • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [File].
  3. Click [Printing Preferences].
NOTE
If you are using Windows Vista

By default, the menu bar is not displayed.
Use the following procedure to display the menu bar.
  1. Click [Organize] on the toolbar.
  2. Click [Layout].
  3. Select [Menu Bar].

Set the paper size.
  1. Click the [Page Setup] tab.
  2. Select [A4] for [Page Size].
  3. Select [Match Page Size] for [Output Size].

Set [Paper Source] and [Paper Type].
  1. Click the [Paper Source] tab.
  2. Select [Auto] for [Paper Source].
  3. Select [Plain Paper] for [Paper Type].
  4. Click [OK].

Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Open the [Cleaning 1] dialog box.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Utility].
  3. Click [Cleaning 1].

Click [OK].
Cleaning starts.
IMPORTANT
Cleaning operation

Do not touch the cleaning paper until it is output completely.
The cleaning process takes approximately 80 seconds to complete, and it cannot be canceled.
The cleaning page is output, and cleaning is completed after the preceding message disappears.

Cleaning the Transfer Belt (Cleaning 2)

If the transfer belt is dirty and print quality has deteriorated, clean the transfer belt inside the printer.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Open the [Cleaning 2] dialog box.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Utility].
  3. Click [Cleaning 2].

Click [OK].

Cleaning starts.
NOTE
Cleaning operation

The cleaning process takes approximately 85 seconds to complete, and it cannot be canceled.
The cleaning is completed after the preceding message disappears.

[G-11] Cleaning the Outside of the Printer

Periodically clean the outer surfaces and ventilation slots of the printer to maintain the optimal printing quality.
To prevent damage to the printer or electrical shock, pay attention to the following precautions.
WARNING
Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord.

Failure to do so may result in fire or electrical shock.

Do not use alcohol, benzene, paint thinner, or other flammable substances.

If flammable substances come into contact with electrical parts inside the printer, this may result in a fire or electrical shock.
IMPORTANT
Precautions when cleaning the outside of the printer
  • Be careful not to use a cleaning agent other than water or a mild detergent diluted with water, as this may deform or crack the plastic materials in the printer.
  • When using a mild detergent, be sure to dilute it with water.
  • This printer does not need grease or oil.
Perform the following procedure.
  1. Turn off the printer and computer.
  2. Disconnect all interface cables.
  3. Unplug the power cord from the AC power outlet.

Clean the printer with a soft, well wrung out cloth dampened with water or mild detergent diluted with water.
NOTE
When using a mild detergent for cleaning

Be sure to wipe away any detergent remaining on the surface with a soft cloth dampened with water.

After wiping off any dirt, wipe the printer with a dry cloth.


When the printer is completely dry, connect all cables and cords.
  1. Plug the power cord into the AC power outlet.
  2. Connect all interface cables.

[G-12] Moving the Printer

When changing the location of the printer or moving the printer for maintenance, be sure to perform the following procedure.
Perform the following procedure.
  1. Turn off the printer and computer.
  2. Disconnect all interface cables.
  3. Unplug the power cord from the AC power outlet.
WARNING
Disconnect all cables and cords.

Failure to do so can damage the cables or cords, resulting in a fire or electrical shock.

Remove the paper cassette.
Gently pull out the paper cassette with both hands.
CAUTION
Do not move the printer unit with the paper cassette installed.

Moving the printer with the paper cassette installed may cause the paper cassette to fall out, resulting in personal injury.

Do not move the printer unit with the cover opened.

Make sure that the front cover and rear cover are securely closed before moving the printer unit.

Be sure to carry the printer unit by the lift handles.
The printer unit weighs approximately 18.5 kg (including the toner cartridges).
Have two or more people lift the printer unit.
CAUTION
Carry the printer unit only by the lift handles.

Carrying the printer unit by the front surface, output area, or any part other than the lift handles can cause the printer unit to fall, resulting in personal injury.

Keep the printer unit balanced.

The rear of the printer unit is heavy. If you do not keep the printer unit balanced while lifting it, the printer unit may fall, resulting in personal injury.

Put the printer unit down carefully at the new installation site.

CAUTION
Lowering the printer unit

Lower the printer unit carefully. Be careful not to catch your hands.
IMPORTANT
Installation site

Select an installation site that provides sufficient space for installing supplied accessories and adding cables.
"Preparations Before Installing the Printer (Printer Installation Conditions)"

Insert the paper cassette into the printer.
Push the paper cassette into the printer firmly until it is all the way in.
CAUTION
Precautions when inserting the paper cassette

When inserting the paper cassette, be careful not to catch your fingers.

Connect all cables and cords.
  1. Plug the power cord into the AC power outlet.
  2. Connect all interface cables.
IMPORTANT
Transporting the printer unit

To prevent damage to the printer during transport, perform the following.
  • Remove the toner cartridges.
  • Pack the printer in the original box along with the original packing material.
If the original box and packing material are not available

Securely pack the printer in an appropriately sized box with packing material.

[H-01] If the Alarm Indicator Turns On

If a problem occurs in the printer and the printer cannot operate properly, the Alarm indicator on the control panel turns on.
The following service message appears in the Printer Status window.
There are three types of service messages. If a service message appears, perform the following procedure.
NOTE
If the Printer Status Window is not displayed

"Displaying the Printer Status Window"
Turn off the printer.
If a fixing unit error is displayed, go to Step 5.

If a service error or scanner error is displayed, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn on the printer.

If the message does not reappear, the printer is ready.
If the warning message reappears
  • If a service error is displayed, go to Step 3.
  • If a scanner error is displayed, go to Step 4.

If a service error is displayed, write down the error code displayed in the Printer Status Window.
NOTE
If the Printer Status Window is not displayed

"Displaying the Printer Status Window"

Turn off the printer.


Disconnect all cables and cords.
  1. Turn off your computer.
  2. Disconnect all interface cables.
  3. Unplug the power cord from the AC power outlet.

Contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
If a service error is displayed, please report the problem and the error code.
NOTE
If you are not sure what the problem is

Contact your local authorized Canon dealer.

[H-02] If the Alarm Indicator Is Blinking

If a printer error occurs and measures are required, the Alarm indicator (orange) blinks on the control panel of the printer and a service message similar to the one shown below appears in the Printer Status Window.
Alarm indicator (orange)
Example of the service message in the Printer Status Window
If an error message appears, take the measures described in the Printer Status Window.
NOTE
If the Printer Status Window is not displayed

"Displaying the Printer Status Window"

[H-03] Paper Jams

If a paper jam occurs inside the printer, find the location of the paper jam and remove the jammed paper.

Finding the Location of the Paper Jam

The messages displayed in the Printer Status Window indicate where the paper is jammed.

Locations of possible paper jams
  1. Manual Feed Slot
  2. Paper Cassette
  3. Rear Cover
  4. Output Area
NOTE
If the Printer Status Window is not displayed

If a paper jam occurs but no message appears, use the following procedure to display the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].
Configuring the Printer Status Window to be displayed automatically when an error occurs

"Configuring the Printer Status Window Display and Monitoring Settings"

Clearing the Paper Jam

Use the message to check the location of the paper jam, and then remove the jammed paper.

Paper Jam in the Manual Feed Slot

Remove the paper cassette.
Gently pull out the paper cassette with both hands.

Open the manual feed slot cover.

Lower the manual transfer guide.

Remove the jammed paper by pulling it in the direction of the arrow.

Return the manual transfer guide to its original position.

Close the manual feed slot.

Insert the paper cassette into the printer.
Push the paper cassette into the printer firmly until it is all the way in.
CAUTION
Precautions when inserting the paper cassette

When inserting the paper cassette, be careful not to catch your fingers.

Perform either of the following operations to enable printing.

  • Open and close the front cover.
  • Turn off the printer, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn on the printer.

Paper Jam in the Paper Cassette

Remove the paper cassette.
Gently pull out the paper cassette with both hands.

Remove the jammed paper by pulling it in the direction of the arrow.
IMPORTANT
If the jammed paper cannot be removed easily

Open the rear cover and remove the jammed paper.
Do not try to forcefully remove the jammed paper as this can cause the feeder rollers to come off.
Do not touch the feed rollers, as this can result in damage to the printer or malfunction.

Insert the paper cassette into the printer.
Push the paper cassette into the printer firmly until it is all the way in.
CAUTION
Precautions when inserting the paper cassette

When inserting the paper cassette, be careful not to catch your fingers.

Perform either of the following operations to enable printing.
  • Open and close the front cover.
  • Turn off the printer, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn on the printer.

Paper Jam Inside the Rear Cover

Open the rear cover.

Remove the jammed paper by pulling it in the direction of the arrow.
CAUTION
Do not touch the area surrounding the fixing unit

The area surrounding the fixing unit is hot during printer operation.
When removing jammed paper, be careful not to touch the area surrounding the fixing unit, as this may result in burns.

Close the rear cover.


Perform either of the following operations to enable printing.
  • Open and close the front cover.
  • Turn off the printer, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn on the printer.

Paper Jam in the Output Area

Open the rear cover.

Remove the jammed paper by pulling it in the direction of the arrow.
IMPORTANT
If the jammed paper cannot be removed easily

Turn off the printer, and then remove the jammed paper. Turn on the printer after removing the jammed paper.

Close the rear cover.


Perform either of the following operations to enable printing.

  • Open and close the front cover.
  • Turn off the printer, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn on the printer.

Precautions When Removing Jammed Paper

WARNING
Be careful not to allow jewelry or other metal objects to touch the inside of the printer.

Some areas inside the printer are subject to high voltage. If metal objects touch the inside of the printer, this may result in a fire or electrical shock.
CAUTION
Precautions when clearing a paper jam

  • Make sure that the fixing unit is completely cool before removing the jammed paper. Touching the fixing unit when it is still hot may result in burns.
  • The output slot is hot during and immediately after printing. Do not touch the area surrounding the output slot, as this may result in burns.
  • Printed paper may be hot immediately after being output. Be careful when removing the paper and aligning the removed paper, as this may result in burns.
  • Be careful not to get any toner on your hands or clothing.
  • If toner gets on your hands or clothing, wash them immediately with cold water. Washing with warm water sets the toner, making it impossible to remove the toner stains.
  • When removing jammed paper, be careful not to allow the toner on the paper to scatter.
  • If toner scatters and gets into your eyes or mouth, wash them immediately with cold water and consult a physician.
  • When removing jammed paper, be careful not to cut your hands with the edges of the paper.
  • Keep your hands and clothing away from the roller in the output area.
    The roller may suddenly rotate and catch your hands or clothing, resulting in personal injury.
IMPORTANT
Precautions when operating the printer

  • Leave the printer on when removing the jammed paper.
  • Turning off the printer deletes the data being printed.
  • Removing jammed paper with excess force may cause the paper to tear or damage the inside of the printer.
    Pull out the jammed paper in the direction indicated.
  • If the paper is torn, remove all remaining pieces of paper.
  • After the jammed paper is cleared, the next printed paper may have toner smudge marks.
  • Do not touch the high-voltage contacts (A) indicated in the diagram, as this may result in damage to the printer.
  • Do not touch the transfer roller (B), as this may result in deterioration in print quality.
  • The area surrounding the output tray is hot during and immediately after printing. Do not touch the area surrounding the output tray when removing paper or clearing a paper jam.

[H-04] Print Quality Problems

If a print quality problem occurs, you can use the measures indicated in this section to try to solve the problem.
NOTE
Contacting your local authorized Canon dealer

If a problem that is not indicated in this section occurs, if none of the suggested measures solve the problem, or if you cannot determine the problem, contact your local authorized Canon dealer.

Paper is output in a certain color with nothing printed on it.

Cause 1: The drum in a toner cartridge has deteriorated.

Solution: Replace with a new toner cartridge.
"Replacing Toner Cartridges"

Cause 2: A problem occurred inside the printer.

Solution 1: If a service message is displayed in the Printer Status Window, turn off the printer, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn on the printer. This may clear the message.
Solution 2: If the message is still displayed after performing Solution 1, contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
"If the Alarm Indicator Turns On"

White streaks appear.

Cause: The drum in a toner cartridge has deteriorated.

Solution: Replace with a new toner cartridge.
"Replacing Toner Cartridges"

Printed pages have white specks.

Cause 1: You are not using appropriate paper.

Solution: Replace with paper that meets printing specifications.
"Paper Requirements"

Cause 2: The paper is moist.

Solution: Replace with new paper.
"Paper Requirements"

Cause 3: The drum in a toner cartridge has deteriorated.

Solution: Replace with a new toner cartridge.
"Replacing Toner Cartridges"


Residual images appear on non-printed areas.

Cause 1: You are not using appropriate paper.

Solution: Change the paper.
"Paper Requirements"

Cause 2: Because of the printing pattern or type of paper, when continuously printing, images from two pages prior are printed faintly.

Solution 1: Set [Special Print Mode] to [Special Settings 10] on the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Click the [Finishing] tab → [Finishing Details].
  2. Click [Advanced Settings].
  3. Select [Special Settings 10] for [Special Print Mode].
  4. If this solves the problem, reset [Special Print Mode] to [Off].
Solution 2: If Solution 1 does not solve the problem, perform ITB cleaning from the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  3. Click [Options] → [Device Settings] → [Assisting Print Settings].
  4. Select the [Clean Every 2 Sheets in Continuous Print] check box.
  5. If this solves the problem, clear the [Clean Every 2 Sheets in Continuous Print] check box.
Cause 3: The drum in a toner cartridge has deteriorated.

Solution: Replace with a new toner cartridge.
"Replacing Toner Cartridges"

Cause 4: Because of the printing pattern or type of paper, residual images appear on the same sheet of paper.

Solution: Setting [Special Print Mode] to [Special Settings 6] on the printing preferences dialog box may solve this problem.
  1. Click the [Finishing] tab → [Finishing Details].
  2. Click [Advanced Settings].
  3. Select [Special Settings 6] for [Special Print Mode].
  4. If this solves the problem, reset [Special Print Mode] to [Off].
IMPORTANT
Precautions when setting [Special Settings 6]

If setting [Special Print Mode] to [Special Settings 6] does not solve the problem, set [Special Print Mode] to [Off] and set [Paper Type] as follows.
However, the toner may not fix onto paper well, and the printing may come out faint.
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Plain Paper], set it to [Plain Paper L].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Heavy Paper 1], set it to [Plain Paper].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Heavy Paper 2], set it to [Heavy Paper 1].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Envelope H], set it to [Envelope].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Coated Paper 2], set it to [Coated Paper 1].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Coated Paper 3], set it to [Coated Paper 2].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Coated Paper 4], set it to [Coated Paper 3].

The paper is wrinkled.

Cause: Because of the type of paper or operating environment (especially high humidity or high temperature), the paper may become wrinkled.

Solution: Setting [Special Print Mode] to [Special Settings 6] on the printing preferences dialog box may solve this problem.
  1. Click the [Finishing] tab → [Finishing Details].
  2. Click [Advanced Settings].
  3. Select [Special Settings 6] for [Special Print Mode].
  4. If this solves the problem, reset [Special Print Mode] to [Off].
IMPORTANT
Precautions when configuring [Special Settings 6]

If setting [Special Print Mode] to [Special Settings 6] does not solve the problem, set [Special Print Mode] to [Off] and set [Paper Type] as follows.
However, the toner may not fix onto paper well, and the printing may come out faint.
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Plain Paper], set it to [Plain Paper L].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Heavy Paper 1], set it to [Plain Paper].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Heavy Paper 2], set it to [Heavy Paper 1].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Envelope H], set it to [Envelope].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Coated Paper 2], set it to [Coated Paper 1].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Coated Paper 3], set it to [Coated Paper 2].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Coated Paper 4], set it to [Coated Paper 3].

The overall print result is faint.

Cause 1: The packing material was not removed from the transfer roller when the printer was installed.

Solution: Remove the packing material on both sides of the transfer roller.
"Moving the Printer Unit to the Installation Site"

Cause 2: The [Toner Density] setting is not appropriate.

Solution: Adjust [Toner Density] on the printing preferences dialog box to a darker setting.
"Adjusting the Toner Density"

Cause 3: [Toner Save] is enabled.

Solution: Clear the [Toner Save] check box on the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Click the [Quality] tab → [Settings].
  2. Clear the [Toner Save] check box.
Cause 4: The printer is exposed to direct sunlight or strong light.

Solution: Move the printer to a location not exposed to direct sunlight or strong light.
If the printer is exposed to a strong light source, move the printer away from the light source.

The overall print result is dark.

Cause 1: The [Toner Density] setting is not appropriate.

Solution: Adjust [Toner Density] on the printing preferences dialog box to a lighter setting.
"Adjusting the Toner Density"

Cause 2: The printer is exposed to direct sunlight or strong light.

Solution: Move the printer to a location not exposed to direct sunlight or strong light.
If the printer is exposed to a strong light source, move the printer away from the light source.

Printing is uneven.

Cause 1: The paper is too moist or too dry.

Solution: Replace with paper that meets printing specifications.
"Paper Requirements"

Cause 2: The toner cartridge is empty, has deteriorated, or is damaged.

Solution: Check the remaining amount of toner.
Replace any old toner cartridges with a new toner cartridge.
"Checking the Remaining Amount of Toner and Handling Toner Cartridges"
"Replacing Toner Cartridges"

The front or back of the printed paper has smudge marks.

Cause: The fixing roller inside the printer is dirty.

Solution: Clean the fixing roller.
"Cleaning the Inside of the Printer"
IMPORTANT
Cleaning the fixing roller

  • The cleaning paper is first output partially after the front side is printed, and then it is fed again to be printed on the back side. Do not touch the cleaning paper until it is output completely.
  • The cleaning process takes approximately 80 seconds to complete.
  • The cleaning process cannot be canceled.

Smudge marks of spattering toner appear around the text or patterns.

Cause 1: You are not using appropriate paper.

Solution: Replace with paper that meets printing specifications.
"Paper Requirements"

Cause 2: Because of the type of paper or operating environment (especially low temperatures), smudge marks of spattering toner appear.

Solution 1: Set [Special Print Mode] to [Special Settings 4] on the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Click the [Finishing] tab → [Finishing Details].
  2. Click [Advanced Settings].
  3. Select [Special Settings 4] for [Special Print Mode].
  4. If this solves the problem, reset [Special Print Mode] to [Off].
Solution 2: If Solution 1 does not solve the problem, setting [Special Print Mode] to [Special Settings 8] on the printing preferences dialog box may solve this problem.
  1. Click the [Finishing] tab → [Finishing Details].
  2. Click [Advanced Settings].
  3. Select [Special Settings 8] for [Special Print Mode].
  4. If this solves the problem, reset [Special Print Mode] to [Off].
IMPORTANT
Precautions when selecting [Special Settings 4]

Do not select [Special Settings 4] when using paper that has been stored in a location with high temperature or humidity. This may result in a deterioration in print quality.

Thin, horizontal lines appear on the printout.

Cause: When printing for an extended period of time, thin horizontal lines may appear in halftone portions of the document being printed.

Solution: Use the Printer Status Window to configure the setting to prevent poor print quality after a long idle time.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  3. Click [Options] → [Device Settings] → [Assisting Print Settings].
  4. Select the [Prevent Poor Quality after Long Idle] check box.
  5. If this solves the problem, clear the [Prevent Poor Quality after Long Idle] check box.

Toner was placed on areas not intended for printing.

Cause: When printing on glossy paper, toner may be placed on areas not intended for printing.

Solution: Set [Special Print Mode] to [Special Settings 9] on the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Click the [Finishing] tab → [Finishing Details].
  2. Click [Advanced Settings].
  3. Select [Special Settings 9] for [Special Print Mode].
  4. If this solves the problem, reset [Special Print Mode] to [Off].

An image with two or more toner colors is appears faded.

Cause: The printer is being used in an environment with high humidity.

Solution: Set [Special Print Mode] to [Special Settings 1] on the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Click the [Finishing] tab → [Finishing Details].
  2. Click [Advanced Settings].
  3. Select [Special Settings 1] for [Special Print Mode].
  4. If this solves the problem, reset [Special Print Mode] to [Off].

Thin lines are faded or halftone images are faint.

Cause: You are not using appropriate paper.

Solution 1: Replace with paper that meets printing specifications.
"Paper Requirements"

Solution 2: Set [Special Print Mode] to [Special Settings 3] on the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Click the [Finishing] tab → [Finishing Details].
  2. Click [Advanced Settings].
  3. Select [Special Settings 3] for [Special Print Mode].
  4. If this solves the problem, reset [Special Print Mode] to [Off].

Colors are uneven or not printed smoothly.

Cause: Large characters, wide lines, or diagrams with high color density were printed.

Solution: Set [Special Smoothing Mode] on the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Click the [Finishing] tab → [Finishing Details].
  2. Click [Advanced Settings].
  3. Select the appropriate mode for [Special Smoothing Mode].
Normally, select [Mode 1] for [Special Smoothing Mode].
If the following conditions occur when [Mode 1] is selected, select [Mode 2] to [Mode 6].
IMPORTANT
Precautions when configuring [Special Smoothing Mode]

  • When [Mode 2], [Mode 3], or [Mode 5] is selected, the area around a diagram may not be printed smoothly.
  • When [Mode 5] is selected, characters and lines may not be printed smoothly.
  • When [Mode 3] or [Mode 4] is selected, large characters and thick lines may be printed with uneven colors.
  • When [Mode 6] is selected, characters, lines, diagrams, and photos may be printed with uneven colors.

A portion of the page is not printed.

Cause 1: The scaling factor is not appropriate.

Solution 1: Clear the [Manual Scaling] check box on the [Page Setup] sheet.
When the [Manual Scaling] check box is cleared, the scaling factor is automatically increased or decreased according to the [Page Size] and [Output Size] settings.

Solution 2: Specify the appropriate scaling factor according to the paper size to be used.
"Enlarging or Reducing the Page to Print"

Cause 2: The position of the paper is not correct.

Solution: Load the paper properly.
"Loading Paper and Registering the Paper Size"

Cause 3: The document was printed without margins.

Solution: Data is printed with a margin of 5 mm (10 mm for envelopes). Provide a margin around the data.
IMPORTANT
Printing on envelopes

Printing data in the entire printable area of an envelope may result in a deterioration in print quality.
Arrange the data to a size slightly smaller than the printable area.

The printing position is skewed.

Cause 1: [Gutter] is specified.

Solution: Set [Gutter] to [0] on the printing preferences dialog box.
"Printing with a Gutter on the Edge of the Paper"

Cause 2: The top margin or paper position setting in the application is not specified properly.

Solution: Properly specify the top margin or paper position setting in the application.
For details on specifying these settings, see the instruction manual supplied with the application.

The data from one page is printed on the next page.

Cause: The line spacing or lines per page setting in the application is not specified properly.

Solution: Specify the line spacing or lines per page setting in the application so that the data fits onto one page, and then print again.
For details on specifying these settings, see the instruction manual supplied with the application.

Nothing is printed on the paper.

Cause: Multiple sheets of paper were fed at a time.

Solution: If you are using transparencies, labels, or coated paper, fan it thoroughly and load it again.

The toner did not fix onto the paper properly.

Cause 1: You are not using appropriate paper.

Solution: Replace with paper that meets printing specifications.
"Paper Requirements"

Cause 2: You are using heavy paper with a rough surface.

Solution 1: Set [Paper Type] to [Heavy Paper 1] or [Heavy Paper 2] on the printing preferences dialog box.
Set [Paper Type] on the [Paper Source] sheet.

Solution 2: Set [Special Print Mode] to [Special Settings 5] on the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Click the [Finishing] tab → [Finishing Details].
  2. Click [Advanced Settings].
  3. Select [Special Settings 5] for [Special Print Mode].
  4. If this solves the problem, reset [Special Print Mode] to [Off].
Solution 3: Setting [Special Print Mode] to [Special Settings 7] on the printing preferences dialog box may solve this problem.
  1. Click the [Finishing] tab → [Finishing Details].
  2. Click [Advanced Settings].
  3. Select [Special Settings 7] for [Special Print Mode].
  4. If this solves the problem, reset [Special Print Mode] to [Off].
IMPORTANT
Precautions when setting [Special Settings 7]

If setting [Special Print Mode] to [Special Settings 7] does not solve the problem, set [Special Print Mode] to [Off] and set [Paper Type] as follows.
However, residual images may appear on non-printed areas.
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Plain Paper L], set it to [Plain Paper].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Plain Paper], set it to [Heavy Paper 1].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Heavy Paper 1], set it to [Heavy Paper 2].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Envelope], set it to [Envelope H].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Coated Paper 1], set it to [Coated Paper 2].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Coated Paper 2], set it to [Coated Paper 3].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Coated Paper 3], set it to [Coated Paper 4].
Cause 3: A problem occurred inside the printer.

Solution 1: If a service message is displayed in the Printer Status Window, turn off the printer, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn on the printer. This may clear the message.

Solution 2: If the message is still displayed after performing Solution 1, contact your local authorized Canon dealer.
"If the Alarm Indicator Turns On"

Colored lines and text appear faded.

Cause: The document contains thin lines or text.

Solution: Select the [Prioritize Printing of Colored Lines and Text] check box on the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Click the [Quality] tab → [Settings].
  2. Select the [Prioritize Printing of Colored Lines and Text] check box.

Colored text appears blurred.

Cause: The colored text is in boldface.

Solution: Change the matching method on the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select the [Manual Color Settings] check box on the [Quality] sheet.
  2. Click [Color Settings].
  3. Click the [Matching] tab and select [Perceptual [Monitor Color Matched]] for [Matching Method].

The printing position is skewed slightly depending on the color to be printed.

Cause: Although laser printers are manufactured with high-precision technology, a phenomenon called "out-of-register colors" may be noticeable depending on the printed image. Please note that this is due to the structure of laser printers and is not a printer malfunction.

Solution 1: Correct the "out-of-register colors" on the Printer Status Window.
"Correcting 'Out-of-Register Colors'"

Solution 2: Set [Use Pure Black] to [Never] on the printing preferences dialog box. This may help prevent poor print quality ("out-of-register colors").
  1. Click the [Quality] tab → [Settings].
  2. Select [Never] for [Use Pure Black].

Data is not printed in the correct color (specified color), or colored text appears blurred due to "out-of-register colors."

Cause 1: A toner cartridge is not installed properly.

Solution: Make sure that the toner cartridges are installed properly.
"Preparing the Toner Cartridges"
"Replacing Toner Cartridges"

Cause 2: A toner cartridge is almost empty, or the drum of one of the toner cartridges has deteriorated.

Solution 1: Calibrate the printer using the Printer Status Window.
"Calibrating the Printer"

Solution 2: Check the toner cartridge.
Replace any old toner cartridges with a new toner cartridge.
"Checking the Remaining Amount of Toner and Handling Toner Cartridges"
"Replacing Toner Cartridges"

Cause 3: You are not using appropriate paper.

Solution: Replace with paper that meets printing specifications.
"Paper Requirements"

Cause 4: Data was sent before completing calibration, such as when the printer was turned on.

Solution: Make sure that calibration is completed before sending data to the printer.
NOTE
Calibrating the printer after it is turned on

Use [Startup Settings] on the Printer Status Window to configure this setting.
"Calibrating the Printer"

Thin lines or fill patterns are not printed with the specified colors or do not appear at all.

Cause 1: Some of the colors cannot be reproduced because of the combination of colors or patterns.

Solution 1: Adjust the colors in the application and print again.
For details on adjusting the colors, see the instruction manual supplied with the application.

Solution 2: Change the patterns in the application and print again.
For details on adjusting the patterns, see the instruction manual supplied with the application.

Cause 2: The colors may appear different depending on the halftone pattern.

Solution 1: Adjust to a darker color and print again.
For details on adjusting the color, see the instruction manual supplied with the application.

Solution 2: Reload the paper with a different feeding direction and print again.
"Loading Paper and Registering the Paper Size"

Shaded patterns are not printed in the correct color (specified color).

Cause: The shaded pattern of the print data and the dither pattern of the printer are interfering with one another.

Solution 1: Print again without specifying a shaded pattern in the application.
For details on specifying this setting, see the instruction manual supplied with the application.

Solution 2: Change the [Color Halftones] or [B & W Halftones] setting on the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Click the [Quality] tab → [Settings].
  2. Set [Color Halftones] or [B & W Halftones] to [Gradation] or [Color Tone].

The displayed color and printed color differ when printing photos.

Cause: The methods for adjusting the color on the screen (RGB) and in the printer (YMC) are different. Therefore, the color on the screen may not be printed out exactly as it appears.

Solution 1: Change the [Matching Method] setting on the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select the [Manual Color Settings] check box on the [Quality] sheet.
  2. Click [Color Settings].
  3. Click the [Matching] tab → select [Perceptual [Monitor Color Matched]] for [Matching Method].
Solution 2: Adjust the [Gamma] setting on the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select the [Manual Color Settings] check box on the [Quality] sheet.
  2. Click [Color Settings].
  3. Select [Gamma Adjustment] for [Matching Mode] on the [Matching] sheet.
  4. Select the gamma value for [Gamma].
NOTE
About the gamma value

The higher the gamma value, the darker the colors in the image become when printed.

Streaks appear in gradated portions of printed diagrams.

Cause: [Use Pure Black] is applied to the gray color portions of the streaks in the diagram.

Solution: Change the [Use Pure Black] setting on the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Click the [Quality] tab → [Settings].
  2. Select [Never] for [Use Pure Black].

Fill patterns and borders are not printed in the correct color (specified color) even when specified with the same color.

Cause: To print thin lines clearly, a special process may be used depending on the line width of the border.

Solution 1: Change the matching method on the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select the [Manual Color Settings] check box on the [Quality] sheet.
  2. Click [Color Settings].
  3. Click the [Matching] tab and select [Perceptual [Monitor Color Matched]] for [Matching Method].
Solution 2: Adjust the [Gamma] setting on the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select the [Manual Color Settings] check box on the [Quality] sheet.
  2. Click [Color Settings].
  3. Select [Gamma Adjustment] for [Matching Mode] on the [Matching] sheet.
  4. Select the gamma value for [Gamma].
NOTE
About the gamma value

The higher the gamma value, the darker the colors in the image become when printed.

The back of the printed paper has smudge marks.

Cause: The size of the print data was larger than that of the loaded paper.

Solution: Make sure that the size of the print data matches that of the loaded paper.

A portion of the printout is printed differently than what is displayed on screen. (Windows 2000, XP, and Server 2003)

Cause: Depending on the application, the page printer may be using EMF data that cannot be processed.

Solution: Change the [EMF Spooling] setting on the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Click the [Finishing] tab → [Finishing Details].
  2. Click [Advanced Settings].
  3. Clear the [EMF Spooling] check box.

[H-05] Installation Problems

If a problem occurs during installation, you can use the measures indicated in this section to try to solve the problem.
IMPORTANT
Contacting your local authorized Canon dealer

If a problem that is not indicated in this section occurs or if none of the suggested measures solve the problem, contact your local authorized Canon dealer.

Local Installation Problems

When installing the printer driver from the CD-ROM, the printer is not recognized automatically after connecting the USB cable.

Cause 1: The USB cable was already connected and the printer was turned on before the printer driver was installed.

Solution: Turn off the printer and disconnect the USB cable.
Then, connect the USB cable again and turn on the printer.

Cause 2: The printer is off.

Solution: Turn on the printer.

Cause 3: The USB cable is not connected properly.

Solution: Make sure that the printer and computer are properly connected with the USB cable.

Cause 4: An inappropriate USB cable is used.

Solution: Use a USB cable that is appropriate for the USB interface of the printer and has the following symbol.
The following is the USB interface environment of this printer. Cause 5: The USB class driver is installed.

Solution: Uninstall the USB class driver.
"Uninstalling the USB Class Driver"

Cause 6: The printer driver cannot be installed from CD-ROM Setup.

Solution: Install the printer driver with plug and play.
"Installing the Printer Driver with Plug and Play (Windows Vista)"
"Installing the Printer Driver with Plug and Play (Windows XP and Server 2003)"
"Installing the Printer Driver with Plug and Play (Windows 2000)"

Cause 7: The printer driver was installed by a user without administrative rights.

Solution: Install the printer driver with administrative rights.

Installation Problems When the Printer Is Shared on a Network

The print server for connection cannot be found.

Cause 1: The print server is not started.

Solution: Start the print server.

Cause 2: The printer is not configured for sharing.

Solution: Use the printer properties dialog box to configure this printer as a shared printer.
"Sharing the Printer"

Cause 3: The user does not have permission to access the print server or printer.

Solution: Ask your network administrator to change the user permissions.

Cause 4: If you are using Windows Vista, [Network Discovery] is not set to [On].

Solution: Use the following procedure to set [Network Discovery] to [On].
  1. Display the [Network and Sharing Center] dialog box.
  2. Select [On] for [Network discovery].
The shared printer cannot be accessed.

Cause 1: The user of the computer to connect to the print server is not registered or a password has not been specified.

Solution: Register the user of the computer to connect to the print server or specify a password.
Contact your network administrator for more details.

Cause 2: The network path is not correct.

Solution 1: Use the following procedure to check the network path.
  1. Click [Start] → [All Programs] → [Accessories] → [Windows Explorer].
  2. Select the print server from [My Network Places], and then check that the printer icon is displayed.
Solution 2: If the print server was installed manually, check if the path is specified correctly as "\\<print server name (computer name of print server)>\<printer name>".

When Uninstallation Fails

Uninstalling the printer driver

If you cannot uninstall the printer driver using the uninstaller, you can uninstall the printer driver using [Add or Remove Programs] in Windows.
"Uninstalling the Printer Driver Using the Control Panel"

Uninstalling the USB class driver

If you cannot install the printer driver after uninstalling it, or you cannot uninstall the printer driver, uninstall the USB class driver.
"Uninstalling the USB Class Driver"
IMPORTANT
Precautions when uninstalling the USB class driver

  • If the USB class driver is under [Other Devices], the printer driver is not installed properly.
    Select and uninstall one of the following depending on your operating system.
    • [Canon LBP5050]
    • [Unknown device]
  • Never delete any drivers for devices other than this printer. If a driver is accidentally deleted, Windows may not operate properly.
  • If the USB class driver is not installed properly, [USB Printing Support] is not displayed.
NOTE
If [Canon LBP5050] is displayed

"Uninstalling the Printer Driver Using the Control Panel"

If you are using Windows Vista

If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears, click [Continue].

[H-06] Printing Problems

If a problem occurs during printing, you can use the measures indicated in this section to try to solve the problem.
IMPORTANT
If a message appears in the Printer Status Window
Follow the on-screen instructions to solve the problem.

If a paper jam occurs
"Paper Jams"
Contacting your local authorized Canon dealer
If a problem that is not indicated in this section occurs or if none of the suggested measures solve the problem, contact your local authorized Canon dealer.

When the Envelope Flap Sticks

Cause 1: You are not using an appropriate envelope.

Solution: Replace with a usable envelope and print again.
"Paper Requirements"

Cause 2: The printer is being used in an environment with high humidity.

Solution: Set [Special Print Mode] to [Special Settings 2] on the printing preferences dialog box.

  1. Click the [Finishing] tab → [Finishing Details].
  2. Click [Advanced Settings].
  3. Select [Special Settings 2] for [Special Print Mode].
  4. If this solves the problem, reset [Special Print Mode] to [Off].

When Paper is Curled During Printing

Cause 1: The paper was not stored properly and has absorbed moisture.

Solution: Replace with new paper and print again.

"Paper Requirements"

Cause 2: You are not using appropriate paper.

Solution: Replace with paper that meets printing specifications.

"Paper Requirements"

Cause 3: Because of the type of paper or operating environment (high temperature and humidity or low temperature and humidity), the paper may curl.

Solution 1: If the output paper curls as shown, set [Special Print Mode] to [Special Settings 6] on the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Click the [Finishing] tab → [Finishing Details].
  2. Click [Advanced Settings].
  3. Select [Special Settings 6] for [Special Print Mode].
  4. If this solves the problem, reset [Special Print Mode] to [Off].
Solution 2: If the output paper curls as shown, set [Special Print Mode] to [Special Settings 7] on the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Click the [Finishing] tab → [Finishing Details].
  2. Click [Advanced Settings].
  3. Select [Special Settings 7] for [Special Print Mode].
  4. If this solves the problem, reset [Special Print Mode] to [Off].
IMPORTANT
Precautions when setting [Special Settings 6]

If setting [Special Print Mode] to [Special Settings 6] does not solve the problem, set [Special Print Mode] to [Off] and set [Paper Type] as follows.
However, the toner may not fix onto paper well, and the printing may come out faint.
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Plain Paper], set it to [Plain Paper L].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Heavy Paper 1], set it to [Plain Paper].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Heavy Paper 2], set it to [Heavy Paper 1].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Envelope H], set it to [Envelope].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Coated Paper 2], set it to [Coated Paper 1].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Coated Paper 3], set it to [Coated Paper 2].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Coated Paper 4], set it to [Coated Paper 3].
Precautions when setting [Special Settings 7]

If setting [Special Print Mode] to [Special Settings 7] does not solve the problem, set [Special Print Mode] to [Off] and set [Paper Type] as follows.
However, residual images may appear on non-printed areas.
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Plain Paper L], set it to [Plain Paper].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Plain Paper], set it to [Heavy Paper 1].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Heavy Paper 1], set it to [Heavy Paper 2].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Envelope], set it to [Envelope H].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Coated Paper 1], set it to [Coated Paper 2].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Coated Paper 2], set it to [Coated Paper 3].
  • If [Paper Type] was set to [Coated Paper 3], set it to [Coated Paper 4].

When Nothing Is Printed When Printing from an Application

Check whether a test page can be printed.
Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
  • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
  • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
  • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
  • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [File].
  3. Click [Properties].
NOTE
If you are using Windows Vista

By default, the menu bar is not displayed.
Use the following procedure to display the menu bar.
  1. Click [Organize] on the toolbar.
  2. Click [Layout].
  3. Select [Menu Bar].

Click the [General] tab → [Print Test Page].

  • If a test page can be printed
    Check the printing preferences in the application.
  • If a test page cannot be printed
    Reinstall the printer driver.
NOTE

When Data Is Not Sent to the Printer

If the print data cannot be sent to the printer, one of the following may be the cause. Take the necessary action.

When the printer and computer are connected with a USB Cable

There is a problem with the printer power supply.

Cause 1: The printer is off.

Solution: Turn on the printer.
"Turning the Printer On and Off"

Cause 2: The power cord is unplugged from the AC power outlet.

Solution: Plug the power cord into an AC power outlet.

Cause 3: The printer is plugged into an extension cord or power strip.

Solution: Plug the power cord directly into an AC power outlet.

Cause 4: The breaker has tripped.

Solution: Reset the breaker on the switch board.

Cause 5: There is a break in the power cord.

Solution: If the printer can be turned on after replacing the power cord with one that is of the same type, then purchase a new power cord and replace the broken one.

There is a problem with the USB cable connection.

Cause 1: The USB cable is not connected properly.

Solution: Make sure that the printer and computer are properly connected with the USB cable.

Cause 2: An inappropriate USB cable is used.

Solution: Use a USB cable that is appropriate for the USB interface of the printer and has the following symbol.
NOTE
The following is the USB interface environment of this printer.
  • Hi-Speed USB
  • USB

There is a problem with the bi-directional communication.

Cause: Bi-directional communication is not enabled.

Solution: Perform the following procedure.
  1. Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
    • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
    • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050] → click [File] → [Properties].
  3. Click the [Ports] tab.
  4. Select the [Enable bidirectional support] check box.
  5. Restart your computer.
  6. Turn off the printer, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn on the printer.
NOTE
If you are using Windows Vista

By default, the menu bar is not displayed.
Use the following procedure to display the menu bar.
  1. Click [Organize] on the toolbar.
  2. Click [Layout].
  3. Select [Menu Bar].
There is a problem with the port to be used.

Cause: The port to be used is not selected properly.

Solution: Perform the following procedure.
  1. Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
    • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
    • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]
  2. Open the printing preferences dialog box.
    1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
    2. Click [File].
    3. Click [Properties].
  3. Click the [Ports] tab.
  4. Check whether the port to be used is selected properly.
    • If the correct port is not selected, select the correct port, and then click [OK].
    • If there is no available port, uninstall the printer driver and then reinstall it.
  5. Click [OK].
NOTE
If you are using Windows Vista

By default, the menu bar is not displayed.
Use the following procedure to display the menu bar.
  1. Click [Organize] on the toolbar.
  2. Click [Layout].
  3. Select [Menu Bar].

When the printer and computer are connected with an Ethernet cable (LBP5050n only)



There is a problem with the printer power supply.

Cause 1: The printer is off.

Solution: Turn on the printer.
"Turning the Printer On and Off"

Cause 2: The power cord is unplugged from the AC power outlet.

Solution: Plug the power cord into an AC power outlet.

Cause 3: The printer is plugged into an extension cord or power strip.

Solution: Plug the power cord directly into an AC power outlet.

Cause 4: The breaker has tripped.

Solution: Reset the breaker on the switch board.

Cause 5: There is a break in the power cord.

Solution: If the printer can be turned on after replacing the power cord with one that is of the same type, then purchase a new power cord and replace the broken one.


There is a problem with the Ethernet cable connection.

Cause: The Ethernet cable is not connected properly.

Solution: Make sure that the printer and computer are properly connected with the Ethernet cable.


There is a problem with the network board.

Cause: The unicast communication mode is enabled.

Solution: Return to the normal communication mode (broadcast communication mode). Contact your network administrator for details.
"Setting the Printer to Unicast Communication Mode Using an FTP Client"


There is a problem with the port to be used.

Cause 1: The port to be used is not selected properly.

Solution: Perform the following procedure.
  1. Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
    • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
    • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]
  2. Open the printing preferences dialog box.
    1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
    2. Click [File].
    3. Click [Properties].
  3. Click the [Ports] tab.
  4. Check whether the port to be used is selected properly.
    • If the correct port is not selected, select the correct port, and then click [OK].
    • If there is no available port, reinstall the printer driver.
  5. Click [OK].
NOTE
If you are using Windows Vista

By default, the menu bar is not displayed.
Use the following procedure to display the menu bar.
  1. Click [Organize] on the toolbar.
  2. Click [Layout].
  3. Select [Menu Bar].
Cause 2: The IP address of the printer was changed.

Solution: Use the following procedure to change the IP address.

Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
  • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
  • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
  • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
  • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]

Open the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [File].
  3. Click [Properties].
NOTE
If you are using Windows Vista

By default, the menu bar is not displayed.
Use the following procedure to display the menu bar.
  1. Click [Organize] on the toolbar.
  2. Click [Layout].
  3. Select [Menu Bar].

Open the dialog box for adding a port.
  1. Click the [Ports] tab.
  2. Click [Add Port].

Select the type of port.
  1. Select [Standard TCP/IP Port].
  2. Click [New Port].

Click [Next].

Enter the new IP address or name of the printer.
  1. Enter the name or IP address of the printer for [Printer Name or IP Address].
  2. Click [Next].
When entering the printer name, enter the DNS name registered on the DNS server (up to 78 characters).
IMPORTANT
If the printer cannot be detected

The following dialog box appears. Perform either of the following operations.
  • Follow the on-screen instructions and search again for the printer.
  • Specify [Device Type].
    1. Select [Standard] and [Canon Network Printing Device with P9100] for [Device Type] → click [Next].
    2. Click [Next].
NOTE
If you are not sure what to enter

The value to be entered varies depending on how the IP address of the printer was configured.
Contact your network administrator for more details.

Click [Finish].

Click [Close].

Click [Apply].

Click [OK].
NOTE
Deleting an unnecessary port

Select the port you want to delete on the [Ports] sheet → click [Delete Port].
Cause 3: A Standard TCP/IP Port that was created from the [Printers] folder is being used. (Windows Vista)

Solution: In Windows Vista, you cannot use a Standard TCP/IP Port created from the [Printers] to print.
Uninstall the printer driver, and then use the supplied CD-ROM to reinstall the printer driver from CD-ROM Setup.
"Uninstalling the Printer Driver Using the Canon LBP5050 Uninstaller"
"Installing the Printer Driver from the CD-ROM (When Connected Using an Ethernet Cable)"

There is a problem with the IP Address.

Cause: The IP address is not configured properly.

Solution 1: Use the following procedure to make sure that the IP address is configured properly.
  1. Run Command Prompt.
    • Windows XP, Server 2003, and Vista: [Start] → [All Programs] → [Accessories] → [Command Prompt]
    • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Programs] → [Accessories] → [Command Prompt]
  2. Enter "ping<space><printer IP address>", and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
    Example: "ping 192.168.0.215"
  3. If the IP address is configured properly, the following is displayed. (This indicates that four packets were sent and four packets were successfully received.)
    • Packets: Sent = 4, Received = 4, Lost = 0 (0% loss),
  4. Contact your network administrator if the following result is displayed.
    • Packets: Sent = 4, Received = 0, Lost = 4 (100% loss),
  5. Enter "exit", and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard to exit Command Prompt.
Solution 2: When using DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP to configure the IP address, check whether DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP is running.
"Displaying the Network Settings"
"Configuring the Protocol Settings Using NetSpot Device Installer"


There is a problem with the computer that is trying to print a document.

Cause 1: The printer is not specified as the default printer.

Solution: Specify the printer as the default printer.

Cause 2: The printer driver is not installed properly.

Solution: Perform the following procedure.
  1. Print the Network Status Print.
    "Printing a Network Test Page"
    • If the Network Test Page prints successfully, the printer driver is installed properly.
    • If the Network Test Page prints unsuccessfully, perform Steps 2 and 3.
  2. Uninstall the printer driver.
    "Uninstalling the Printer Driver Using the Canon LBP5050 Uninstaller"
  3. Reinstall the printer driver.
    "Installing the Printer Driver from the CD-ROM (When Connected Using an Ethernet Cable)"
Cause 3: The TCP/IP protocol is not operating.

Solution: Check whether the TCP/IP protocol is operating.

Cause 4: The users who can access the printer are restricted.

Solution: Use the Remote UI to check the [Restrict TCP/IP Printing] setting.
"Configuring the Security Settings"

When the printer is shared on a network



There is a problem with the printer power supply.

Cause 1: The printer is off.

Solution: Turn on the printer.
"Turning the Printer On and Off"

Cause 2: The power cord is unplugged from the AC power outlet.


Solution: Plug the power cord into an AC power outlet.

Cause 3: The printer is plugged into an extension cord or power strip.

Solution: Plug the power cord directly into an AC power outlet.

Cause 4: The breaker has tripped.

Solution: Reset the breaker on the switch board.

Cause 5: There is a break in the power cord.

Solution: If the printer can be turned on after replacing the power cord with one that is of the same type, then purchase a new power cord and replace the broken one.


There is a problem with the interface cable connection.

Cause 1: The interface cable is not connected properly.

Solution: Check whether the printer and print server and the print server and client computer are properly connected with the interface cable.

Cause 2: An inappropriate USB cable is used.

Solution: Use a USB cable that is appropriate for the USB interface of the printer and has the following symbol.
NOTE
The following is the USB interface environment of this printer.
  • Hi-Speed USB
  • USB

There is a problem with the print server.

Cause 1: The print server is not on.

Solution: Turn on the print server.

Cause 2: The print server is not connected to the network properly.

Solution 1: Make sure that the print server and network are properly connected with the Ethernet cable.

Solution 2: Make sure that the network settings of the print server are configured properly.

Cause 3: An additional driver (replacement driver) has not been updated when the print server is operating Windows Vista (64-bit version).

Solution: Use the following procedure to update the additional driver (replacement driver).

  1. Uninstall the printer driver on the print server.
    "Uninstalling the Printer Driver Using the Canon LBP5050 Uninstaller"
  2. Install the new printer driver on the print server.
    "Installing the Printer Driver from the CD-ROM (When Connected Using an Ethernet Cable)"
  3. Configure the printer for sharing and reinstall the additional driver again.
    "Sharing the Printer"
NOTE
To check the processor version of Windows Vista

Use the following procedure to determine which version of Windows Vista you are using.
  1. Click [Start] → [Control Panel].
  2. Click [System and Maintenance] → [System].
  3. Check the processor version for [System type].
    • 32-bit version: "32-bit Operating System" is displayed.
    • 64-bit version: "64-bit Operating System" is displayed.
There is a problem with the network path to the print server.

Cause 1: The network path was specified incorrectly during installation of the printer driver.

Solution: When installing the printer driver from the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder and specifying the network path using "\" directly, check if the path is specified correctly as "\\<print server name (computer name of print server)>\<printer name>".

Cause 2: The network path to the print server was changed.

Solution: Contact your network administrator.

[H-07] Network Troubleshooting (LBP5050N Only)

If a network problem occurs, you can use the measures indicated in this section to try to solve the problem.
IMPORTANT
Contacting your local authorized Canon dealer

If a problem that is not indicated in this section occurs or if none of the suggested measures solve the problem, contact your local authorized Canon dealer.

Data cannot be printed from the network.

Cause 1: The interface cable is not connected to the printer properly.

Solution: Make sure that the printer is connected to the network with the correct interface cable, and then restart the printer.

Cause 2: The network is not configured properly.

Solution: Configure the IP address properly.
"Configuring the IP Address"

Cause 3: The port is not configured properly.

Solution: If the IP address was changed after installation of the printer driver, reconfigure the port.
"Configuring a Port and Installing the Printer Driver"

Cause 4: The computer is not configured properly.

Solution: Use the following procedure to specify the printer as the default printer.
  1. Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
    • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
    • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050] → click [File] → [Set as Default Printer].

All of the indicators on the printer network board are off.

Cause 1: The Ethernet cable is not connected properly or is damaged.

Solution 1: Disconnect the Ethernet cable and then reconnect it.

Solution 2: Replace the Ethernet cable.

Cause 2: The Ethernet cable is connected to the UP-LINK (cascade) port on the hub.

Solution 1: Connect the Ethernet cable to the port on the hub with an "X" mark.

Solution 2: If the hub has an UP-LINK (cascade) switch, switch to the "X" side.

Cause 3: A cross-type Ethernet cable is used.

Solution 1: Use a straight-type Ethernet cable.

Solution 2: Connect the cross-type Ethernet cable to the UP-LINK (cascade) port on the hub. If the hub has an UP-LINK (cascade) switch, switch to the "=" side.
NOTE
Cross-type Ethernet cable

Use this type of cable when connecting the printer directly to a computer.
Cause 4: Cannot communicate with the hub.

Solution: Make sure that the hub is on.

The ERR indicator on the printer network board is on.

Cause: The Ethernet cable is not connected properly or is damaged.

Solution 1: Make sure that the Ethernet cable is connected properly.

Solution 2: Replace the Ethernet cable and check if it is damaged.

Solution 3: If the ERR indicator still comes on after performing the above solutions, contact your local authorized Canon dealer.

The ERR indicator on the printer network board blinks at an interval of four times.

Cause: The network board was reset (the printer was turned on while pressing the reset button on the network board), resetting the network board to the default settings.

Solution: Turn off the printer, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn on the printer.

The ERR indicator on the network board is constantly blinking.

Cause: The network board is not operating properly.

Solution: Contact your local authorized Canon dealer to request repair.

The printer became unable to print from the network suddenly.

Cause: The printer was turned off or on when used in a DHCP environment, thereby changing the IP address of the printer.

Solution: Contact your network administrator, and then perform either of the following operations.
NOTE

[H-08] Miscellaneous Problems

If the following problems occur, you can use the measures indicated in this section to try to solve the problem.
IMPORTANT
Contacting your local authorized Canon dealer

If a problem that is not indicated in this section occurs or if none of the suggested measures solve the problem, contact your local authorized Canon dealer.

An error message is displayed the first time the printer is turned on.

Cause: The sealing tape has not been removed from the toner cartridges.

Solution: Turn off the printer, and pull out the sealing tape from each of the four toner cartridges inside the printer.
"Preparing the Toner Cartridges"

LBP5050 does not function properly.

Cause 1: LBP5050 is not specified as the default printer.

Solution: Use the following procedure to specify the printer as the default printer.
  1. Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
    • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
    • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
    • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050] → click [File] → [Set as Default Printer].
Cause 2: The printer driver is not installed properly.

Solution: Print from an application to check whether the printer driver is installed properly. If you cannot print properly, uninstall the printer driver, and then reinstall it.

The printer pauses for a long time between print jobs.

Cause: The fixing unit is cooled down between print jobs (especially after printing narrower paper) to maintain print quality.

Solution: Please wait for the fixing unit to cool down. The printer cools down the fixing unit automatically.
Printing resumes after cooling down the fixing unit.

The printer takes a long time to print complex print data. (Windows 2000, XP, and Server 2003)

Cause: Depending on the application, the page printer may be using EMF data that cannot be processed.

Solution : Change the [EMF Spooling] setting on the printing preferences dialog box.
  1. Click the [Finishing] tab → [Finishing Details].
  2. Click [Advanced Settings].
  3. Clear the [EMF Spooling] check box.

The printer pauses during printing, and then printing repeatedly starts and stops.

Cause: If the printer is used continuously for an extended period of time, the internal temperature of the printer may increase, activating a safety mechanism and pausing printing temporarily. (After continuously printing for approximately 60 minutes at a room temperature of 25°C (77°F), the printer stops for approximately three minutes.)

Solution: Please wait for the fixing unit to cool down. When the inside of the printer cools down, printing resumes.
If the internal temperature of the printer has not decreased sufficiently, the safety mechanism is reactivated and printing is paused temporarily. When the inside temperature cools down sufficiently, the printer resumes normal printing speed. The time it takes for the safety mechanism to activate and for normal printing to resume varies depending on the printer usage conditions.

CD-ROM setup does not appear automatically. (Windows Vista)

Cause: CD-ROM Setup is not specified to appear automatically.

Solution: Perform the following procedure.
  1. Click [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Play CDs or other media automatically].
  2. Select the [Use AutoPlay for all media and devices] check box.
  3. Select [Install or run program] for [Software and games].

[I-01] Configuring the Network Settings

Perform the following procedures to configure the network settings.

Installing the Printer Driver

There are two methods of installing the printer driver.
NOTE
When using the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] Folder

You must configure the IP address separately.
"Configuring the IP Address"

Configuring the Protocol Settings of the Printer

After installing the printer driver, configure the printer protocol settings as needed.

Methods of configuring the protocol settings
There are three methods of configuring the protocol settings.
NOTE
Configuring the DNS server settings

Use the Remote UI or an FTP client to configure these settings.

[I-02] Configuring the IP Address

There are three methods of configuring the IP address. These procedures are described using screenshots from Windows XP.
IMPORTANT
If you are using Windows Vista (64-bit version)

NetSpot Device Installer cannot be used on Windows Vista (64-bit version).
Network-ready printer model

Only LBP5050n is designed for use on a network.
LBP5050 only has a USB interface.

Configuring the IP Address Using NetSpot Device Installer

The following describes how to configure the IP address by running NetSpot Device Installer directly from the CD-ROM.
IMPORTANT
If you are using Windows XP Service Pack 2 or later
  • If you are using a computer with Windows Firewall enabled, it is recommended that you configure the IP address using the ARP and PING commands.
  • Before configuring the IP address, NetSpot Device Installer must be added to the Windows Firewall exception list.

    • Add [NetSpot Device Installer] to the list on the [Exceptions] sheet of the [Windows Firewall] dialog box.
      (See the NetSpot Device Installer Readme file.)
    • Install NetSpot Device Installer.
      "Installing NetSpot Device Installer"
Connect the Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port on the printer.
Use an Ethernet network cable.

Connect the other end of the Ethernet cable to the hub.

Turn on the printer.

Make sure that the LNK indicator (green) on the printer is on.
(A): 100 indicator, (B): LNK indicator, (C): ERR indicator
  • 10BASE-T: LNK indicator is on
  • 100BASE-TX: LNK indicator and 100 indicator are on
NOTE
Parts exclusive to LBP5050n

The following parts are only available on LBP5050n.
  • Reset Button
  • Ethernet Port
  • 100 Indicator
  • LNK Indicator
  • ERR Indicator
LBP5050 is not designed for use on a network, and therefore, this model does not have these parts.
When the ERR indicator turns on or no indicators turn on

Perform the following procedure.
  1. Turn off the printer.
  2. Check the Ethernet cable connection and hub performance.
  3. If there are no problems, turn on the printer.
If the printer does not operate properly after it is turned back on, the network board may be damaged.
"Network Troubleshooting (LBP5050n Only)"

Turn on the computer and start Windows.
Be sure to log on as a user with administrative rights.
IMPORTANT
If you are not sure about your administrative rights

Contact your system administrator.

Insert the supplied CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your computer.
If the CD-ROM is already in the drive, eject the disk and reinsert it into the drive.
Please wait until CD-ROM Setup appears.
NOTE
If CD-ROM Setup does not appear
  • Windows Vista
    1. Click [Start] → [Start Search].
    2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
    The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.
  • Windows 2000, XP, and Server 2003
    1. Click [Start] → [Run].
    2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → click [OK].
    The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.

If the [AutoPlay] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Run AUTORUN.EXE].


If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Continue].

Click [Additional Software Programs].

Click [Start] for [NetSpot Device Installer for TCP/IP].
If the [License Agreement] dialog box appears, read the contents, and then click [Yes].
NOTE
If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Continue].

Configure the IP address using one of the following methods according to the content displayed in the device list.

A: When the device displayed in the device list has a MAC address set for [Device Name] and [Not Configured] set for [Status]

Select the device.

Open the [Initial Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click [Device].
  2. Click [Initial Settings].

Specify the initial settings.
  1. Specify the necessary settings.
  2. Click [Next].
  • [Subnet]: When the computer running NetSpot Device Installer is connected to multiple networks, select the subnet to which the device belongs.
  • [Product Type]: Select [LBP + NB-EC2].

Select an IP address → click [OK].
  • [IP Address Setting with]: Select one of the following methods for setting the IP address.
    • [Manual Setting]: Lets you specify the IP address manually by entering it in [IP Address].
    • [DHCP]: Obtains the IP address by using DHCP.
  • [IP Address]: Enter the IP address of the printer.
  • [Subnet Mask]: Enter the subnet mask as needed.
  • [Gateway Address]: Enter the gateway address as needed.
  • [Broadcast Address]: Enter the broadcast address as needed.

When the message "The device has been reset." appears, click [OK].
Wait approximately 20 seconds after resetting the device for the settings to become active.

B: When the device displayed in the device list has the default setting for [IP Address]

Select the device.

Open the [Protocol Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click [Device].
  2. Click [Protocol Settings].

Configure the IP address.
  • [IP Address Setting with]: Select one of the following methods for setting the IP address.
    • [Manual Setting]: Lets you specify the IP address manually by entering it in [IP Address].
    • [Auto Detect]: Obtains the IP address by using RARP, BOOTP, or DHCP.
    • [RARP]: Obtains the IP address by using RARP.
    • [BOOTP]: Obtains the IP address by using BOOTP.
    • [DHCP]: Obtains the IP address by using DHCP.
  • [IP Address]: Enter the IP address of the printer.
  • [Subnet Mask]: Enter the subnet mask as needed.
  • [Gateway Address]: Enter the gateway address as needed.
NOTE
When [Auto Detect] is selected

The following must be started when the check box is selected.
  • [RARP]: RARP daemon
  • [BOOTP]: BOOTP daemon
  • [DHCP]: DHCP server

    When [RARP] is selected, the [IP address] option is no longer available.
    When [BOOTP] or [DHCP] is selected, the following options are no longer available.
    • [IP Address]
    • [Subnet Mask]
    • [Gateway Address]
If RARP, BOOTP, or DHCP cannot be used to obtain the IP address

Select [Manual Setting].

Click [OK].

When the message "The device has been reset." appears, click [OK].
Wait approximately 20 seconds after resetting the device for the settings to become active.

C: Neither A nor B (However, the network cable is connected properly and the printer is turned on.)

A device on the network may have the same IP address as that configured for this printer.
Perform either of the following operations, and then repeat the procedure for configuring the IP address.
After configuring the IP address of the printer, restore all existing devices to their original condition.
If you do not want to use this method, you can configure the IP address using the ARP and PING commands.
"Configuring the IP Address Using the ARP and PING Commands"

Configuring the IP Address Using the ARP and PING Commands

To configure the IP address using the ARP and PING commands, start Command Prompt.
Enter commands in the Command Prompt window to configure the IP address.
Connect the Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port on the printer.

Connect the other end of the Ethernet cable to the hub.

Turn on the printer.

Make sure that the LNK indicator (green) on the printer is on.
(A): 100 indicator, (B): LNK indicator, (C): ERR indicator
  • 10BASE-T: LNK indicator is on
  • 100BASE-TX: LNK indicator and 100 indicator are on
NOTE
Parts exclusive to LBP5050n

The following parts are only available on LBP5050n.
  • Reset Button
  • Ethernet Port
  • 100 Indicator
  • LNK Indicator
  • ERR Indicator
LBP5050 is not designed for use on a network, and therefore, this model does not have these parts.
When the ERR indicator turns on or no indicators turn on

Perform the following procedure.
  1. Turn off the printer.
  2. Check the Ethernet cable connection and hub performance.
  3. If there are no problems, turn on the printer.
If the printer does not operate properly after it is turned back on, the network board may be damaged.
"Network Troubleshooting (LBP5050n Only)"

Turn on the computer and start Windows.
Be sure to log on as a user with administrative rights.
IMPORTANT
If you are not sure about your administrative rights

Contact your system administrator.

Run Command Prompt.
  • Windows XP, Server 2003, and Vista: [Start] → [All Programs] → [Accessories] → [Command Prompt]
  • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Programs] → [Accessories] → [Command Prompt]

Enter [arp -s <IP address> <MAC address>], and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
  • <IP address>: Specify the IP address of the printer with four octets (from 0 to 255) separated by periods.
  • <MAC address>: Specify the MAC address with six sets of two digits separated by hyphens.
Example: "arp -s 192.168.0.215 00-00-85-05-70-31"
NOTE
MAC address location

The MAC address is listed at (A) on the printer.

Enter [ping <IP address> -l 479], and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
  • <IP Address>: Enter the IP address used in Step 7.
    Example: "ping 192.168.0.215 -l 479"
    The IP address of the printer is configured.
  • Enter a lowercase "L" for "-l".
  • The subnet mask and gateway address are set to [0.0.0.0].

Enter "exit", and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
Exit Command Prompt.

Configuring the IP Address Using the Printer Status Window

If the printer driver is already installed, you can configure the IP address using the Printer Status Window.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Open the [Network Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Device Settings].
  3. Click [Network Settings].

Configure the IP address.
  1. Select the method for configuring the IP address according to the network environment.
    • [Manual Setting]: Lets you specify the IP address directly.
    • [Auto Detect]: Obtains the IP address by using RARP, BOOTP, or DHCP.
  2. Configure the advanced settings according to the [IP Address Setting with] setting.
    • [Manual Setting]: Enter the IP address of the printer for [IP Address].
    • [Auto Detect]: Select the check box of the desired protocol.
    • [RARP]: Obtains the IP address by using RARP.
    • [BOOTP]: Obtains the IP address by using BOOTP.
    • [DHCP]: Obtains the IP address by using DHCP.
  3. Click [OK].
NOTE
When [Manual Setting] is selected

Enter the following items being used on the TCP/IP network.
  • [IP Address]
  • [Subnet Mask]
  • [Gateway Address]
When [Auto Detect] is selected

The following must be started when the check box is selected.
  • [RARP]: RARP daemon
  • [BOOTP]: BOOTP daemon
  • [DHCP]: DHCP server

    When [RARP] is selected, the [IP address] option is no longer available.
    When [BOOTP] or [DHCP] is selected, the following options are no longer available.
    • [IP Address]
    • [Subnet Mask]
    • [Gateway Address]
If RARP, BOOTP, or DHCP cannot be used to obtain the IP address

Select [Manual Setting].

[I-03] Configuring a Port and Installing the Printer Driver

This describes how to use the Add Printer Wizard to create a port and install the printer driver in Windows 2000, XP, and Server 2003.
The printing port that can be created for this printer is a Standard TCP/IP Port.
These procedures are described using screenshots from Windows XP Professional.

Step 1: Connecting an Ethernet Cable
Step 2: Creating a Port
Step 3: Installing the Printer Driver

IMPORTANT
Precautions when using a Standard TCP/IP Port

If you are using Windows Vista, you cannot print using a Standard TCP/IP Port created from the [Printers] folder.
To use a Standard TCP/IP Port, you must install the printer driver using CD-ROM Setup.
"Installing the Printer Driver from the CD-ROM (When Connected Using an Ethernet Cable)"
Network-ready printer model

Only LBP5050n is designed for use on a network.
LBP5050 only has a USB interface.

Step 1: Connecting an Ethernet Cable

Connect the Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port on the printer.
Use an Ethernet network cable.

Connect the other end of the Ethernet cable to the hub.

Turn on the printer.

Make sure that the LNK indicator (green) on the printer is on.
(A): 100 indicator, (B): LNK indicator, (C): ERR indicator
  • 10BASE-T: LNK indicator is on
  • 100BASE-TX: LNK indicator and 100 indicator are on
NOTE
Parts exclusive to LBP5050n

The following parts are only available on LBP5050n.
  • Reset Button
  • Ethernet Port
  • 100 Indicator
  • LNK Indicator
  • ERR Indicator
LBP5050 is not designed for use on a network, and therefore, this model does not have these parts.
When the ERR indicator turns on or no indicators turn on

Perform the following procedure.
  1. Turn off the printer.
  2. Check the Ethernet cable connection and hub performance.
  3. If there are no problems, turn on the printer.
If the printer does not operate properly after it is turned back on, the network board may be damaged.
"Network Troubleshooting (LBP5050n Only)"

Step 2: Creating a Port

Turn on the computer and start Windows.
Be sure to log on as a user with administrative rights.
IMPORTANT
If you are not sure about your administrative rights

Contact your system administrator.

Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
  1. Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
  2. Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
  3. Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]

Open the Add Printer Wizard.
  • Windows XP: Click [Add a printer].
  • Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000: Double-click [Add Printer].

Click [Next].

Specify the type of printer to use.
  • Windows XP and Server 2003
    1. Select [Local printer attached to this computer].
    2. Clear the [Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer] check box.
    3. Click [Next].
  • Windows 2000
    1. Select [Local printer].
    2. Clear the [Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer] check box.
    3. Click [Next].

Select [Standard TCP/IP Port].
  1. Select [Create a new port].
  2. Select [Standard TCP/IP Port] from [Type of port] or [Type].
  3. Click [Next].

Click [Next].

Enter the name or IP address of the printer
  1. Enter the name or IP address of the printer.
  2. Click [Next].
When entering the printer name, enter the DNS name registered on the DNS server (up to 78 characters).
IMPORTANT
If the printer cannot be detected

The following dialog box appears. Perform either of the following operations.
  • Follow the on-screen instructions and search again for the printer.
  • Specify [Device Type].
    1. Select [Standard] and [Canon Network Printing Device with P9100] for [Device Type].
    2. Click [Next].
NOTE
If you are not sure what to enter

The value to be entered varies depending on how the IP address of the printer was configured.
Contact your network administrator for more details.

Click [Finish].

Install the printer driver.

Step 3: Installing the Printer Driver

Click [Have Disk].

Insert the supplied CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your computer, and then click [Browse].
NOTE
If CD-ROM Setup appears

Click [Exit].

Open the [Win2K_Vista] folder on the supplied CD-ROM.
The [Win2K_Vista] folder is located at E:\English\32bit.
The CD-ROM drive name ("E:") may differ depending on your computer.

Open the INF file.
  1. Select the INF file.
  2. Click [Open].

Click [OK].

Click [Next].

Enter the printer name.
  1. Enter the printer name.
  2. Click [Next].
NOTE
If another printer driver has already been installed in the computer

The message "Do you want your Windows-based programs to use this printer as the default printer?" appears. Select [Yes] or [No].

Click [Next].
NOTE
To share this printer on a network

Perform the following procedure.
  1. Select [Share name] and enter a name for the shared printer.
  2. Click [Next].
  3. The window for entering the printer location and comments appears. Enter this information as needed.
  4. Click [Next].

Select whether to print a test page.
  1. Select whether to print a test page.
  2. Click [Next].

Click [Finish].
The installation starts.
NOTE
When printing a test page

A confirmation dialog box appears. Click [OK] to close the dialog box.
If the following dialog box appears
  • Windows XP and Server 2003: If the [Hardware Installation] dialog box appears, click [Continue Anyway].
  • Windows 2000: If the [Digital Signature Not Found] dialog box appears, click [Yes].

[I-04] Sharing the Printer

Sharing the printer enables printing via the print server from computers that are not directly connected to the printer.

Sharing the Printer on a Network
Print server: A computer connected directly to the printer
Client: A computer connected to the printer via the network

The following procedure describes how to configure the printer as a shared printer on the print server.
These procedures are described using screenshots from Windows XP Professional.
  1. Preparations Before Sharing the Printer
  2. Sharing the Printer on the Print Server
IMPORTANT
Restrictions when installing a replacement driver on a 64-bit version operating system

If the printer driver is not installed on a client computer to be used on the network with the shared printer, install the replacement driver from the print server.
When installing the replacement driver from a print server running a 64-bit version operating system to a client computer running a 32-bit version operating system, the replacement driver may not install properly or the printing preferences dialog box may not appear.

The following 32-bit version operating systems are compatible with a replacement driver from a 64-bit version operating system.
  • Windows XP Service Pack 2 or later
  • Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 or later
NOTE

Preparations Before Sharing the Printer

Check the settings of your network.
Open the network connection folder.
  • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [View network status and tasks] → [Manage network connections]
  • Windows Server 2003: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Network Connections] → [Local Area Connection]
  • Windows XP: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Network and Internet Connections] → [Network Connections].
  • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Network and Dial-Up Connections]

Open the [Local Area Connection Properties] dialog box.
  1. Select [Local Area Connection].
  2. Click [File].
  3. Click [Properties].
Windows Server 2003: Click [Properties] on the [Local Area Connection Status] dialog box.
NOTE
If you are using Windows Vista

If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears, click [Continue].
If you are using Windows Vista

By default, the menu bar is not displayed.
Use the following procedure to display the menu bar.
  1. Click [Organize] on the toolbar.
  2. Click [Layout].
  3. Select [Menu Bar].

Perform the following procedure.
  1. Select the [File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks] check box.
  2. Click [OK].

Sharing the Printer on the Print Server

Configure the printer for sharing.

For Windows 2000, XP, Server 2003, and Vista (32-bit version)

NOTE
If you are using Windows XP

The printer cannot be shared on a network with the default settings (the settings immediately after installation).
Before configuring the printer for sharing, run the Network Setup Wizard to enable printer sharing.
For details, see Windows Online Help.
Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
  • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers]
  • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
  • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]
  • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers]

Display the [Sharing] sheet on the printer properties dialog box.
  1. Select [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [File].
  3. Click [Sharing].
NOTE
If you are using Windows Vista

Display the [Sharing] sheet on the printer properties dialog box.
  1. Right-click [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Sharing].

Share the printer.
  • Windows Vista: Select the [Share this printer] check box.
  • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: Select [Share this printer].
  • Windows 2000: Select [Share as].
Change [Share name] as needed.
NOTE
If you are using Windows Vista
  • If the [Change sharing options] button is available, click this button.
If you are using Windows Vista

If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears, click [Continue].
About [Share name]

Do not use spaces or special characters.

Click [OK].
The printer is configured as a shared printer.
IMPORTANT
Clearing the printer sharing setting

To clear the printer sharing setting, do so on the [Sharing] sheet of the printer properties dialog box.
  • Windows Vista: Clear the [Share this printer] check box.

    • If the [Change sharing options] button is available, click the [Change sharing options] button.
    • If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears, click [Continue].
  • Windows XP and Server 2003: Select [Do not share this printer].
  • Windows 2000: Select [Not shared].

For Windows Vista (64-bit version)

Click [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers].
The [Printers] folder appears.

Display the [Sharing] sheet on the printer properties dialog box.
  1. Right-click [Canon LBP5050].
  2. Click [Sharing].

Select the [Share this printer] check box.
Change [Shared Name] as needed.
NOTE
If the [Change sharing options] button is available

Click [Change sharing options].

If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears

Click [Continue].

About [Share name]

Do not use spaces or special characters.

Perform the following procedure.
  • For clients using an operating system other than Windows Vista (64-bit version): Click [Additional Drivers].
  • If all clients are using Windows Vista (64-bit version): Go to Step 10.
NOTE
Updating an additional driver (replacement driver)

Perform the following procedure.
  1. Uninstall the printer driver on the print server.
    "Uninstalling the Printer Driver Using the Canon LBP5050 Uninstaller"
  2. Install the new printer driver on the print server.
    "Installing the Printer Driver from the CD-ROM (When Connected Using an Ethernet Cable)"
  3. Reinstall the additional driver.

Select the processor type.
  1. Select the [x86] check box.
  2. Click [OK].

Insert the supplied CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your computer, and then click [Browse].
NOTE
If the [AutoPlay] dialog box appears

Click [ ].

Click [English] → [32bit] → [Win2K_Vista] on the supplied CD-ROM.

Open the INF file.
  1. Select [CNAC8STK.INF].
  2. Click [Open].

Click [OK].
The installation starts.
NOTE
If the [Windows Security] dialog box appears

Click [Install this driver software anyway].

Click [OK].
The printer is configured as a shared printer.
IMPORTANT
Clearing the printer sharing setting

Clear the [Share this printer] check box on the [Sharing] sheet.

[I-05] Printing a Network Test Page

You can print the IP address and other TCP/IP setting information using Network Status Print.
Open the [Network Status Print] dialog box in the following cases. This procedure is described using screenshots from Windows XP Professional.
NOTE
About the size of the printed network test page

The network test page is set to print on A4 size paper.
Be sure to load A4 size paper when printing the Configuration Page Print.
Load A4 size paper in the manual feed slot or paper cassette.

Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Open the [Network Status Print] dialog box.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Utility].
  3. Click [Network Status Print].

Click [OK].
Network Status Print is printed.
NOTE
Sample of Network Status Print

[I-06] Installing the Printer Driver (Local Installation)

You can use a printer connected directly to a print server as a client on the network.
There are two methods of installing the printer driver to a client computer.

Local installation
Installing the printer driver from the supplied CD-ROM

Download installation
Installing the printer driver using the Add Printer Wizard
"Installing the Printer Driver (Download Installation)"


This section describes the procedure for the local installation of the printer driver.

Step 1: Installing the Printer Driver
Step 2: After Installation
IMPORTANT
Network-ready printer model

Only LBP5050n is designed for use on a network.
LBP5050 only has a USB interface.
If your hard disk does not have sufficient space to install the software

A message indicating this appears during installation.
Cancel the installation, free up space on your hard disk, and then reinstall the software.

Step 1: Installing the Printer Driver

Turn on the computer and start Windows.
Be sure to log on as a user with administrative rights.
IMPORTANT
If you are not sure about your administrative rights

Contact your system administrator.

Insert the supplied CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your computer.
If the CD-ROM is already in the drive, eject the disk and reinsert it into the drive.
Please wait until CD-ROM Setup appears.
NOTE
If CD-ROM Setup does not appear
  • Windows Vista
    1. Click [Start] → [Start Search].
    2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
  • The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.
  • Windows 2000, XP, and Server 2003
    1. Click [Start] → [Run].
    2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → click [OK].
  • The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.

If the [AutoPlay] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Run AUTORUN.EXE].


If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Continue].

Click [Easy Installation].

The following software programs are installed.
  • Printer Driver
  • User's Guide
NOTE
If you do not want to install the User's Guide

Click [Custom Installation].

Click [Install].
If you clicked [Custom Installation] in Step 3, clear the [Online Manuals] check box.

Read the license agreement, and then click [Yes].

Click [Next].

Select the method of installation.
  1. Select [Manually Set Port to Install].
  2. Click [Next].
NOTE
If the printer driver has already been installed in the computer

If the printer driver has already been installed, the following dialog box appears.
Select either option and click [Next]. The dialog box that appears next differs depending on the option selected.
  • [Add Printers and Update Existing Drivers]
    Adds a printer to the computer and updates existing drivers.
    Click [Next] and go to Step 8.
  • [Update Existing Drivers]
    Only updates existing drivers.
    Click [Next] and go to Step 12.

Click [Add Port].

Select a port to add.
  1. Select [Network].
  2. Click [OK].

Select a printer.
  1. Select the printer shared by the print server.
  2. Click [OK].

Select whether or not to use this printer as the default printer.
  1. Select the [Set as Default] check box.
  2. Click [Next].

Click [Start].
NOTE
If Windows Firewall is enabled (Windows Vista)
When the following message appears, select [Yes] or [No].
  • [Yes]: To add the printer driver to the Windows Firewall exceptions list
  • [No]: When not using an Ethernet cable to connect the printer and the computer on which the printer driver is being installed

Click [Yes].
The installation starts.
NOTE
If you are using Windows Vista

When the [Printers] dialog box appears, click [Install driver].
If the following dialog box appears
  • Windows Vista: If the [Windows Security] dialog box appears, click [Install this driver software anyway].
  • Windows XP and Server 2003: If the [Hardware Installation] dialog box appears, click [Continue Anyway].
  • Windows 2000: If the [Digital Signature Not Found] dialog box appears, click [Yes].

Go to the step indicated below depending on the installation method selected in Step 3.
  • If you selected [Easy Installation], go to Step 15.
  • If you selected [Custom Installation], go to Step 16.

The installation of the User's Guide starts.
Wait until the dialog box disappears.
The installation takes several minutes.

Click [Next].
Check the installation results.
NOTE
If the software does not install properly

"Installation Problems"

Restart your computer.
  1. Select the [Restart Computer Now (Recommended)] check box.
  2. Click [Restart].
NOTE
Removing the CD-ROM

After the installation of the printer driver is finished, you can remove the CD-ROM from the CD-ROM drive of your computer.

Step 2: After Installation

The following icons and menu are added to the following locations.

Items added after installation of the User's Guide

[I-07] Installing the Printer Driver (Download Installation)

You can use a printer connected directly to a print server from a separate computer (client) on the network.

There are two methods of installing the printer driver to a client computer.

Local installation
Installing the printer driver from the supplied CD-ROM
"Installing the Printer Driver (Local Installation)"


Download installation
Installing the printer driver using the Add Printer Wizard


This section describes the procedure for the download installation of the printer driver.
There are two methods of downloading and installing the printer driver.
IMPORTANT
Network-ready printer model

Only LBP5050n is designed for use on a network.
LBP5050 only has a USB interface.
NOTE
Precautions when downloading and installing the printer driver

The printer server cannot be downloaded to Windows Vista (64-bit version) when the print server is using any of the following operating systems.
  • Windows Vista (32-bit version)
  • Windows XP
  • Windows Server 2003
  • Windows 2000
To install the printer driver to Windows Vista (64-bit version), use the supplied CD-ROM.
"Installing the Printer Driver (Local Installation)"

Installing the Printer Driver Using the Add Printer Wizard

To download and install the printer driver, perform the following procedure according to the operating system of your computer.

Windows Vista (32-bit version)

Turn on the computer and start Windows.
Be sure to log on as a user with administrative rights.
IMPORTANT
If you are not sure about your administrative rights

Contact your system administrator.

Click [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers].
The [Printers] folder appears.

Click [Add a printer].

Click [Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer].
The computer searches automatically for printers on the network.

Click [The printer that I want isn't listed].

Select the printer to which you want to connect.
  1. Select [Select a shared printer by name].
  2. Click [Next].

Select a printer.
  1. Select the printer shared by the print server.
  2. Click [Select].
The installation starts.
NOTE
Specifying the network path

Specify the network path for [Printer] as "\\<print server name (computer name of print server)>\<printer name>".

Click [Install driver].
NOTE
If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears

Click [Continue].

Click [Next].
NOTE
If another printer driver has already been installed on the computer

[Set as the default printer] is displayed. To set the printer as the default printer, select the check box.

Click [Finish].
NOTE
Printing a test page

To print a test page, click [Print a test page].
A confirmation dialog box appears. Click [Close] to close the dialog box.

Windows XP and Server 2003


Turn on the computer and start Windows.
A user without administrative rights can install the printer driver.

Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.
  • Windows XP Professional and Server 2003: [Start] → [Printers and Faxes]
  • Windows XP Home Edition: [Start] → [Control Panel] → [Printers and Other Hardware] → [Printers and Faxes]

Click [Add a printer].
  • Windows Server 2003: Double-click [Add Printer].

Click [Next].

Specify the type of printer to use.
  1. Make sure that [A network printer, or a printer attached to another computer] is selected.
  2. Click [Next].

Select the printer to which you want to connect.
  1. Select [Connect to this printer (or to browse for a printer, select this option and click Next)].
  2. Click [Next].

Select a printer.
  1. Select the printer shared by the print server.
  2. Click [Next].
NOTE
If the [Connect to Printer] dialog box appears

Follow the directions in the message.


Specifying the network path

Specify the network path for [Printer] as "\\<print server name (computer name of print server)>\<printer name>".

Select whether or not to use this printer as the default printer.
  1. Select whether or not to use this printer as the default printer.
  2. Click [Next].

Click [Finish].

Windows 2000

Turn on the computer and start Windows.
A user without administrative rights can install the printer driver.

Open the Add Printer Wizard.
Click [Start] → [Settings] → [Printers] and double-click [Add Printer].

Click [Next].

Specify the type of printer to use.
  1. Select [Network printer].
  2. Click [Next].

Perform the following procedure.
  1. Select [Type the printer name, or click Next to browse for a printer].
  2. Click [Next].

Select a printer.
  1. Select the printer shared by the print server.
  2. Click [Next].
NOTE
Specifying the network path

Specify the network path for [Printer] as "\\<print server name (computer name of print server)>\<printer name>".

Select whether or not to use this printer as the default printer.
  1. Select whether or not to use this printer as the default printer.
  2. Click [Next].

Click [Finish].

Installing the Printer Driver with Windows Explorer

You can use Windows Explorer to easily install the printer driver by operating the icon of the network printer.
Turn on the computer and start Windows.
Even a user without administrative rights can log on.
IMPORTANT
Logging on as a user without administrative rights (Windows Vista)

A user with administrative rights must enter the password during installation.
Contact your system administrator if you are not sure about your administrative rights.

Open Windows Explorer.
  • Windows XP, Server 2003, and Vista: [Start] → [All Programs] → [Accessories] → [Windows Explorer]
  • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Programs] → [Accessories] → [Windows Explorer]

Perform the following procedure in the folder tree in the left pane of Windows Explorer.
  1. Select the print server from [My Network Places].
  2. Double-click the icon of this printer.
    • Windows Vista: Select the print server from [Network].

Follow the on-screen instructions to install the printer driver.

INFORMATION
Installing the printer driver using drag and drop

Perform the following procedure.
  1. Select the print server in Windows Explorer.
  2. Open the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder on the computer on which you want to install the printer driver.
  3. Drag and drop the icon for this printer to the [Printers and Faxes] or [Printers] folder.

[I-08] Checking the Windows Firewall Setting

Windows Firewall

Windows Firewall is a software program to protect your computer.
You can use Windows Firewall to restrict (block) unauthorized access to your computer from the Internet or a network and, thereby, enhance the security of your computer.
When Windows Firewall is enabled, the printer status may not be displayed correctly in the Printer Status Window and some features of the Printer Status Window may not operate properly.

The following describes how to check the Windows Firewall setting.
Open the [Windows Firewall] ([Windows Firewall Settings] in Windows Vista) dialog box.
NOTE
To check the processor version of Windows Vista

Use the following procedure to determine which version of Windows Vista you are using.
  1. Click [Start] → [Control Panel].
  2. Click [System and Maintenance] → [System].
  3. Check the processor version for [System type].
    • 32-bit version: "32-bit Operating System" is displayed.
    • 64-bit version: "64-bit Operating System" is displayed.
If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Continue].

Select the [File and Printer Sharing] check box on the [Exceptions] sheet.

[J-01] Remote UI

The Remote UI is software for configuring and viewing the printer settings from a Web browser.
You can use this software to operate the printer directly in a Web browser without having to know how to enter commands in Command Prompt.

Features of the Remote UI

No need for specific software
The Remote UI can be operated in a Web browser. You do not need specific software to operate the Remote UI.
Check the printer status from a remote location
You can view the current printer status, printer information, and print log page. You can manage the printer from a remote computer.
Centrally manage all printer settings
You can set the Administrator password to allow only the Administrator to configure and operate the Remote UI.

Remote UI System Requirements

Remote UI Top Page

Operational buttons
  1. Displays the Remote UI top page.
  2. Displays the hierarchy of the displayed page (current position).
  3. Enter the Administrator password.
  4. Logs you in or out as the Administrator.
  5. Displays the setting pages.
  6. Jumps to the top of the page.
  7. Updates the information on the currently displayed page.
  8. Displays Help for the currently displayed page in a separate window.
  9. Displays an image of the printer.

[J-02] Starting the Remote UI

The following describes how to start the Remote UI.
There are two methods of starting the Remote UI.

Starting the Remote UI from the Printer Status Window

Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

The Remote UI top page is displayed.

Starting the Remote UI from a Web Browser

To start the Remote UI, enter the IP address of the printer into the address field of your Web browser.
Enter the web address into the address field of the Web browser, and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
http://xxx.xxx.x.xxx (IP address or name of the printer)
The IP address differs depending on the printer.

The Remote UI top page is displayed.
NOTE
If you are not sure about the IP address of the printer

Use either of the following methods to check the IP address of the printer. If the host name of the printer is registered in the DNS server

You can enter [<hostname>.<domain name>] instead of the IP address.
Example: http://my_printer.xy_dept.company.com/

If the Remote UI top page is not displayed in the Web browser

Make sure that the IP address or [<hostname>.<domain name>] is correct.
If the address is correct but the Remote UI top page is not displayed in the Web browser, contact your network administrator.

Using the Remote UI with a proxy server

In the proxy server settings of your Web browser, enter the IP address of the printer in the field for exceptions (addresses for which the proxy server is not to be used).
Configure the settings according to your network environment. Contact your network administrator for details. Cookies

Configure your Web browser to enable cookies.

Operating the Remote UI

If the Remote UI is running on multiple computers at a time, the latest settings are valid.
When logged in to the Remote UI as an administrator, it is recommended that the Remote UI be running on only one computer at a time.
"Logging in as Administrator"

If the Remote UI cannot be displayed in the Web browser using the steps above

Enter "http://<printer IP address>/cab/top.shtml" into the address field of the Web browser, and then display the page.

[J-03] Setting and Changing the Administrator Password

You can set the Administrator password to allow only users who know the password to change the printer settings.
The Administrator password can be changed anytime.

Setting the Administrator Password

Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Click [Log In].
NOTE
Default password

The Administrator password is not set by default.
If the Administrator password is not set, click [Log In] without entering a password.

Click [Device Manager] → [Information].

Click [Change] under [Security].

Set the Administrator password.
  1. Enter the new password for [New Password] and [Confirm].
  2. Click [OK].
NOTE
Setting the Administrator password for the first time

Leave the [Current Password] field blank.
Length of the Administrator password

The password must be between 0 and 15 characters.

Changing the Administrator Password

Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Log in as Administrator.
  1. Enter the Administrator password.
  2. Click [Log In].

Click [Device Manager] → [Information].

Click [Change] under [Security].

Enter the current password into the [Current Password] field.

Enter a new password.
  1. Enter a new password for [New Password].
  2. Re-enter the new password for [Confirm].
  3. Click [OK].
Be careful not to forget the new password.

[J-04] Logging in as Administrator

When logging in as Administrator, use the Administrator password.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Log in as Administrator.
  1. Enter the Administrator password.
  2. Click [Log In].
NOTE
If the Administrator password is not set

Leave the [Current Password] field blank.
"Setting and Changing the Administrator Password"
Logging out as Administrator

Click [Log Out].

[J-05] Displaying the Printer Status

You can view the amount of remaining paper or toner on the Remote UI top page or on the [Status] sheet of [Device Manager].

Displaying the Current Printer Status

Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Click [Device Manager] → [Status].
Displayed printer status items
  1. [Device Status]: Displays the current printer status using different indicator colors.
    • (green)
      The printer is operating normally and is ready to print.
    • (yellow)
      The printer is ready to print, but action must be taken. A warning message is displayed.
    • (red)
      The printer cannot print for some reason. An error message is displayed.
    • (blinking red)
      A problem has occurred and the printer cannot operate properly. A service message is displayed.
  2. [Error Information] (on the [Status] page): Displays error information if a printer error occurs.
  3. [Paper Information]: Displays the size of the paper loaded in each paper source and the amount of remaining paper.
    (A) Name of the paper source
    (B) Icon indicating the amount of paper remaining in the paper source
    (C) Size of paper in the paper source
  4. [Consumables]: Displays the amount of toner remaining in each cartridge.
NOTE
If the indicator is not green

Click [Error Information], and follow the on-screen instructions to solve the problem.
Display Status Solution
Available The toner cartridges are ready for printing. -
Replacement Needed Soon One or more toner cartridges need to be replaced soon. You can continue to print.
Have a new toner cartridge ready.
It is recommended that you replace the toner cartridge before printing a large amount of data.
"Replacing Toner Cartridges"
Replace Cartridge One or more cartridges have reached the end of their life. When the black toner cartridge becomes empty, printing cannot continue.
When any of the other toner cartridges become empty, printing can continue but only in black and white.
Replace the toner cartridges for the colors indicated.
"Replacing Toner Cartridges"
Check Cartridge A toner cartridge with print quality that cannot be guaranteed or a used toner cartridge is installed. Continued use of this toner cartridge may cause the printer to malfunction.
It is recommended that you replace the toner cartridge with a new toner cartridge.
"Replacing Toner Cartridges"
Install Cartridge One or more cartridges are not installed. Install the toner cartridges properly.
The toner cartridge tray is open. Close the toner cartridge tray firmly.

[J-06] Displaying the Printer Information

You can display and change various information about the printer on the [Device Manager] pages.

[Information] Page Layout

Displayed information

To change these settings, you must log in as Administrator.
  1. [Device Information]: Displays general information about the printer.
    For details on how to change these settings, see "Changing the Printer Device Information."
  2. [Language]: Displays the Remote UI display language.
    For details on how to change this setting, see "Changing the Remote UI Display Language."
  3. [Security]: Displays the Administrator password and the security settings.
    For details on how to change these settings, see "Configuring the Security Settings."
  4. [Display Log]: Displays the [Security Access Log] page.
    Use this page to save, display, and clear security access logs.
    You can also change the date and time obtained from the SNTP server.

Displaying the Printer Information

Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Log in as Administrator.
  1. Enter the Administrator password.
  2. Click [Log In].
NOTE
If the Administrator password is not set

Leave the [Current Password] field blank.
"Setting and Changing the Administrator Password"

Click [Device Manager] → [Information].

Changing the Printer Device Information

You can change the information about the printer installation site and administrator.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Log in as Administrator.
  1. Enter the Administrator password.
  2. Click [Log In].
NOTE
If the Administrator password is not set

Leave the [Current Password] field blank.
"Setting and Changing the Administrator Password"

Click [Device Manager] → [Information].

Click [Change] under [Device Information].

Change the information on the [Change Device Information] page as needed.
  • [Device Name]: Printer name
  • [Location]: Printer location (server name)
  • [Administrator]: Name of the printer administrator
  • [Phone]: Telephone number of the printer administrator
  • [Comments]: Comments from the printer administrator

Click [OK].

Changing the Remote UI Display Language

Select English, French, German, Italian, Spanish, or Japanese for the Remote UI display language.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Log in as Administrator.
  1. Enter the Administrator password.
  2. Click [Log In].
NOTE
If the Administrator password is not set

Leave the [Current Password] field blank.
"Setting and Changing the Administrator Password"

Click [Device Manager] → [Information].

Click [Change] under [Language].

Specify the display language.

Click [OK].

Displaying Information About the Optional Accessories and the Number of Total Printed Pages

You can display the basic specifications of the printer as well as information about the paper cassettes.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Click [Device Manager] → [Features].
NOTE
Displayed information
  • []: Color printing status
  • [Max. Print Speed]: Maximum print speed of the printer
  • [Number of Total Printed Pages]: Number of total pages printed by the printer
  • [Number of Cassettes]: Number of paper cassettes in the printer
  • [PDL]: Page description language of the printer
  • [Toner Cartridge]: Types of toner cartridges installed in the printer

[J-07] Displaying the Network Settings

You can display and change the network settings of the printer on the [Network] page of [Device Manager].

[Network] Page Layout

  1. [Network Interface]: Displays the network settings and resets the network board.
  2. [Firmware]: Downloads and updates the firmware.
  3. [General]: Displays the print server name (port name).
  4. [Protocol]: Displays the network protocol settings.

Displaying a List of Network Settings

To display a list of network settings, you must log in as Administrator.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Log in as Administrator.
  1. Enter the Administrator password.
  2. Click [Log In].
NOTE
If the Administrator password is not set

Leave the [Current Password] field blank.
"Setting and Changing the Administrator Password"

Click [Device Manager] → [Network].

Click [Show Parameter List] under [Network Interface].
NOTE

Configuring the Network Protocols

After installing the printer driver, configure the IP address, and then configure the protocols as needed.

Configuring the IP Address

Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Log in as Administrator.
  1. Enter the Administrator password.
  2. Click [Log In].
NOTE
If the Administrator password is not set

Leave the [Current Password] field blank.
"Setting and Changing the Administrator Password"

Click [Device Manager] → [Network].

Click [Change] under [Protocol].

Specify [IP Address], [Subnet Mask], and [Gateway Address].
  • [IP Address] : Enter the IP address of the printer.
  • [Subnet Mask] : Enter the subnet mask used on the TCP/IP network.
  • [Gateway Address] : Enter the gateway address used on the TCP/IP network.

Click [OK].

Click [Reset].
The settings become active after the network board is reset.
The settings also become active when the printer is restarted.

Method for Configuring the IP Address of the Printer

You can set the IP address of the printer using DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP.
Select [On] for the protocol to use when configuring the IP address.
When the printer is turned on, the availability of the protocols is checked.
If the protocols are available, an IP address is assigned to the printer using the first available setting method.
  • If DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP is not available
    Configure the IP address assigned to the printer.
IMPORTANT
Configuring a port for assigning an IP address using DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP

Contact your network administrator.
NOTE
When using DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP

Specify [IP Address], [Subnet Mask], and [Gateway Address].
Select [Off] for unused protocols.
A DHCP server, BOOTP daemon, or RARP daemon must be running.
After the network board is reset, the obtained values are displayed (or updated if already set).
If you changed the IP address or changed the method for obtaining the IP address after installation of the printer driver, reconfigure the port.

Setting the DNS Dynamic Update Function

Device information is registered automatically to the DNS server. This function can be used in an environment with a dynamic DNS server.
Select [On] for [DNS Dynamic Update].
  • [DNS Server Address]: Enter the IP address of the DNS server.
  • [DNS Host Name]: Enter the host name to be added to the DNS server.
  • [DNS Domain Name]: Enter the name of the domain to which the printer belongs.
NOTE
Use DNS in the following case:
  • When using the SNTP client function and specifying the SNTP server name

WINS Resolution

Select [On] for [WINS Resolution].
  • [WINS Server Address]: Enter the IP address of the WINS server.
  • [WINS Host Name]: Enter the host name to be added to the WINS server.
  • [Scope ID]: Enter the scope ID that is appended to the NetBIOS name to be searched by the WINS server.
You can refine the search by separating the character string with periods.

SNTP Client Settings

Use the SNTP client function to notify the printer of the time via an SNTP server.
Specify [SNTP Server Name].
  • If the DNS Dynamic Update function is set
    Enter the name of the SNTP server and select [Time Zone]. To set daylight saving time, set [Daylight Saving Time] to [ON].
  • If the DNS Dynamic Update function is not set
    Enter the IP address of the SNTP server and select [Time Zone]. To set daylight saving time, set [Daylight Saving Time] to [ON].
NOTE
If you cannot use the SNTP server function

You can use the following procedure to notify the printer of the time set on the computer.
  1. Display the Printer Status Window.
  2. From the [Options] menu, select [Preferences (Administrators)].
  3. Select [Always] in [Monitor Printer Status], and then select the [Notify the Printer of the Time] check box.
  • Time Zone: The standard time zones of the world are expressed globally in terms of the difference in hours (ア up to 12 hours) from GMT* (ア 0 hours). A time zone is a region throughout which this time difference is the same.
    * The time at the Greenwich Observatory in England is called GMT (Greenwich Mean Time).
  • Daylight Saving Time: In some countries and regions, time is advanced throughout the summer season.
If an SNTP server is not available

You can use the Printer Status Window to have the printer obtain the time of the computer.
"Configuring the Printer Status Window Display and Monitoring Settings"

Multicast Discovery Settings

Multicast discovery is a function that searches for certain devices using Service Location Protocol (SLP).
You can use this function with a utility, such as NetSpot Device Installer, to search for devices that match the [Scope Name] setting.
Select [On] for [Response].
[Scope Name]: Enter the scope name to be used when searching for certain devices with multicast discovery.

Changing the Network Transmission Speed

When LBP5050n is connected to a network using an Ethernet cable, you can change the network transmission speed.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Log in as Administrator.
  1. Enter the Administrator password.
  2. Click [Log In].
NOTE
If the Administrator password is not set

Leave the [Current Password] field blank.
"Setting and Changing the Administrator Password"

Click [Device Manager] → [Network].

Click [Ethernet Driver Setting] under [Network Interface].

Change the setting.
  1. Specify the transmission speed.
  2. Click [OK].

Click [Reset].
The settings become active after the network board is reset.
The settings also become active when the printer is restarted.

[J-08] Downloading and Updating the Firmware

You can access Canon online support page from the Remote UI and download the latest printer firmware.

Downloading the Firmware

Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Log in as Administrator.
  1. Enter the Administrator password.
  2. Click [Log In].
NOTE
If the Administrator password is not set

Leave the [Current Password] field blank.
"Setting and Changing the Administrator Password"

Click [Device Manager] → [Network].
Check the name and version of the current firmware.

Click [Download Site] under [Firmware].
Download the latest firmware from the software download site.
NOTE
[Download Site] button link

You can change the [Download Site] button link on the [Support Links] page.
"Changing the Link to the Firmware Download Site"

Displaying the Link to the Firmware Download Site

[Support Links] displays the printer support site that the Remote UI accesses.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Log in as Administrator.
  1. Enter the Administrator password.
  2. Click [Log In].
NOTE
If the Administrator password is not set

Leave the [Current Password] field blank.
"Setting and Changing the Administrator Password"

Click [Support Links].
NOTE
Link

Click a link to display the support web page.
You can change the web address of the link.
"Changing the Link to the Firmware Download Site"

Changing the Link to the Firmware Download Site

You can change the link to the firmware download site on the [Support Links] page. You can also add two separate links.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Log in as Administrator.
  1. Enter the Administrator password.
  2. Click [Log In].
NOTE
If the Administrator password is not set

Leave the [Current Password] field blank.
"Setting and Changing the Administrator Password"

Click [Support Links] → [Edit].

Edit the information for the download site, and then click [OK].
  • [Link]: Link display name
  • [URL]: Web address of the link
  • [Comments]: Link description

Updating the Firmware

You can update the firmware after downloading the update file.
IMPORTANT
Updating the firmware

Make sure that the printer is not operating before updating the firmware.
Do not print while updating the firmware.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Log in as Administrator.
  1. Enter the Administrator password.
  2. Click [Log In].
NOTE
If the Administrator password is not set

Leave the [Current Password] field blank.
"Setting and Changing the Administrator Password"

Click [Device Manager] → [Network].

Click [Update Firmware] under [Firmware].

Use either of the following methods to select the update file, and then click [Update].
  • Click [Browse], and then select the firmware update file.
  • Enter the path of the saved update file.
    Downloading the update file
    "Downloading the Firmware"
IMPORTANT
If the firmware update is not successful

See the Readme file supplied with the firmware.

[J-09] Changing the Port Name of the Print Server

Use the following procedure to change the port name of the print server.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Log in as Administrator.
  1. Enter the Administrator password.
  2. Click [Log In].
NOTE
If the Administrator password is not set

Leave the [Current Password] field blank.
"Setting and Changing the Administrator Password"

Click [Device Manager] → [Network].

Click [Change] under [General].

Change the [Print Server Name] setting.
  1. Change the [Print Server Name] setting.
  2. Click [OK].

[J-10] Configuring the Security Settings

You can restrict the users who can print or access the print server and configure other security settings.

[Change Security] Page Layout

Settings
  1. [Administrator Password]
    Enter the Remote UI Administrator password.
  2. [SNMP Settings]
    Configure the settings for restricting access to the printer settings using the SNMP protocol.
  3. [IP Address Range Settings]
    Use these settings to configure the following access restrictions.
    • Restricting access to the printer.
    • Restrict the users who can monitor and change the settings using the SNMP protocol.
    • Restrict the users who can search for devices using Service Location Protocol (SLP).
  4. [MAC Address Access Settings]
    Restrict access to the printer from devices with certain MAC addresses.
  5. [Security Access Log Settings]
    Configure how access logs are obtained.

Restricting Access to the Printer

You can restrict access to the printer by specifying the IP addresses of permitted users.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Log in as Administrator.
  1. Enter the Administrator password.
  2. Click [Log In].
NOTE
If the Administrator password is not set

Leave the [Current Password] field blank.
"Setting and Changing the Administrator Password"

Click [Device Manager] → [Information].

Click [Change] under [Security].

Select the [Restrict TCP/IP Printing] check box.

Select [Reject Specified Addresses].
When [Permit Specified Addresses] is selected, only users specified in [IP Addresses] are permitted to use the printer.

Specify the IP address.
  1. Enter the IP address of the computer to be restricted from accessing the printer.
  2. Click [Add].

Click [OK].
NOTE
Precautions when restricting user access

If a user on a computer that is restricted from using the printer tries to print, the message "Cannot Print" is displayed in the Printer Status Window. Some options on the [Options] menu of the Printer Status Window may not be available.
INFORMATION
Methods for entering an IP address
  • IP Address Input Example
    • 123.456.7.89
  • Method for Entering an IP Address
    • Enter the IP address with the values separated by a period.

  • IP Address Input Example
    • 123.456.7.01-123.456.7.09
  • Method for Entering an IP Address
    • Enter a range of IP addresses separated by a hyphen.

  • IP Address Input Example
    • 123.456.7.*
  • Method for Entering an IP Address
    • Add an asterisk to the end of the IP address to specify all IP addresses between 123.456.7.0 and 123.456.7.255.
Deleting a specified IP address

Select an IP address and click [Delete].

Restricting the Users Who Can Monitor and Change the Settings Using the SNMP Protocol

You can restrict the users who can access the printer settings using the SNMP protocol.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Log in as Administrator.
  1. Enter the Administrator password.
  2. Click [Log In].
NOTE
If the Administrator password is not set

Leave the [Current Password] field blank.
"Setting and Changing the Administrator Password"

Click [Device Manager] → [Information].

Click [Change] under [Security].

Specify the SNMPv1 protocol.
  • [SNMP v.1]: [On]
  • [Access Rights]: Select either of the following modes in which the SNMPv1 agent can operate.
    • [Read-only]
    • [Read and Write]
  • [Community Name]: Enter the SNMP community name.
IMPORTANT
Precautions when restricting users using the SNMP protocol

If [Read-only] is selected for [Access Rights], you may not be able to use some functions of the Canon utility software.
If [Off] is selected for [SNMPv1], you may not be able to use the Canon utility software.
Contact the system administrator before disabling the SNMPv1 protocol.

Specify the SNMPv3 protocol.
  • [SNMP v.3]: [On]
  • [User Name]: Set automatically to [initial].
  • [Authentication Key/Privacy Key]: Enter the authentication key or privacy key to be used in SNMPv3.
  • [Administrator Password]: Enter the Administrator password.
IMPORTANT
If the SNMPv3 protocol settings are configured using an application other than the Remote UI

The SNMPv3 protocol settings are not displayed in the Remote UI.
To display the settings again, reset the printer network settings using one of the following methods.

"Resetting the Network Settings Using the Remote UI"
"Resetting the Network Settings Using an FTP Client"
"Resetting the Network Settings Using NetSpot Device Installer"
NOTE
If the Remote UI Administrator password is not set

You do not need to enter a password.

Select the [Restrict SNMP Monitoring/Setting Changes] check box under [IP Address Range Settings].

Select [Reject Specified Addresses].
NOTE
Restricting SNMP monitoring/setting changes

  • [Permit Specified Addresses]: Only users specified in [IP Addresses] are permitted to change and monitor SNMP settings.
  • [Reject Specified Addresses]: Users specified in [IP Addresses] are not permitted to change or monitor SNMP settings.

Specify the IP address.
  1. Enter the IP address of the computer to be restricted from monitoring or changing the settings.
  2. Click [Add].

Click [OK].
Users specified in [IP Addresses] are not permitted to monitor or change the settings.
INFORMATION
Methods for entering an IP address
  • IP Address Input Example
    • 123.456.7.89
  • Method for Entering an IP Address
    • Enter the IP address with the values separated by a period.

  • IP Address Input Example
    • 123.456.7.01-123.456.7.09
  • Method for Entering an IP Address
    • Enter a range of IP addresses separated by a hyphen.

  • IP Address Input Example
    • 123.456.7.*
  • Method for Entering an IP Address
    • Add an asterisk to the end of the IP address to specify all IP addresses between 123.456.7.0 and 123.456.7.255.
Deleting a specified IP address
Select an IP address and click [Delete].

Restricting Access to the Printer by MAC Address

You can restrict access to the printer from devices with certain MAC addresses.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Log in as Administrator.
  1. Enter the Administrator password.
  2. Click [Log In].
NOTE
If the Administrator password is not set

Leave the [Current Password] field blank.
"Setting and Changing the Administrator Password"

Click [Device Manager] → [Information].

Click [Change] under [Security].

Select the [Restrict MAC Address Access] check box.

Select [Reject Specified Addresses].
IMPORTANT
Precautions when restricting access by MAC addresses

If [Permit Specified Addresses] is selected, MAC addresses not listed here cannot access the printer.
If there is no corresponding MAC address, you cannot access the network.
In this case, reset the network settings using one of the following methods.
"Resetting the Network Settings Using the Remote UI"
"Resetting the Network Settings Using an FTP Client"
"Resetting the Network Settings Using NetSpot Device Installer"

Specify the MAC address.
  1. Enter the MAC address of the device to be restricted from accessing the printer.
  2. Click [Add].
NOTE
Adding a MAC address

Enter the MAC address as a 12-digit alphanumeric value without hyphens (-) or colons (:). (Example: 0123456789ab)
You can enter up to 20 MAC addresses.

Click [OK].
Users specified in [MAC Addresses] are not permitted to access the printer.
NOTE
If a restricted user tries to print

If a user on a computer that is restricted from accessing the printer tries to print, the message "Network Board Error" is displayed in the Printer Status Window.
INFORMATION
Deleting a MAC address

Select a MAC address and click [Delete].

Restricting Users Who Can Perform Multicast Discovery

Multicast discovery

This is a function that searches for certain devices using Service Location Protocol (SLP).
You can use this function with a utility, such as NetSpot Device Installer, to search for devices that match the [Scope Name] setting using SLP.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Log in as Administrator.
  1. Enter the Administrator password.
  2. Click [Log In].
NOTE
If the Administrator password is not set

Leave the [Current Password] field blank.
"Setting and Changing the Administrator Password"

Click [Device Manager] → [Information].

Click [Change] under [Security].

Select the [Restrict Multicast Discovery] check box.

Select [Do Not Respond to Specified Addresses].
NOTE
When [Respond to Specified IP Addresses] is selected

The printer responds only to multicast discovery searches performed by users specified in [IP Addresses].

Specify the IP address.
  1. Enter the IP address of the user to whom a response will not be sent.
  2. Click [Add].

Click [OK].
The printer will not respond to multicast discovery searches performed by users specified in [IP Addresses].
INFORMATION
Methods for entering an IP address
  • IP Address Input Example
    • 123.456.7.89
  • Method for Entering an IP Address
    • Enter the IP address with the values separated by a period.

  • IP Address Input Example
    • 123.456.7.01-123.456.7.09
  • Method for Entering an IP Address
    • Enter a range of IP addresses separated by a hyphen.

  • IP Address Input Example
    • 123.456.7.*
  • Method for Entering an IP Address
    • Add an asterisk to the end of the IP address to specify all IP addresses between 123.456.7.0 and 123.456.7.255.
Deleting a specified IP address

Select an IP address and click [Delete].

Obtaining Security Access Logs

When the security settings are configured, a log can be recorded when access is blocked.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Log in as Administrator.
  1. Enter the Administrator password.
  2. Click [Log In].
NOTE
If the Administrator password is not set

Leave the [Current Password] field blank.
"Setting and Changing the Administrator Password"

Click [Device Manager] → [Information].

Click [Change] under [Security].

Select [On] for [Access Logs].

Select the log type to be obtained.
  • [Rejected TCP/IP Print Jobs]: A log is recorded each time an unauthorized user is blocked when performing TCP/IP printing.
  • [Rejected SNMP Monitoring/Setting Changes]: A log is recorded each time an unauthorized user is blocked when trying to monitor or change the SNMP setting.
  • [Rejected Multicast Discoveries]: A log is recorded each time an unauthorized user is blocked when performing multicast discovery.

Click [OK].
IMPORTANT
Number of security access logs that can be obtained

Up to 100 security access logs can be obtained.
When the number of logs exceeds 100, the logs are deleted starting from the oldest one.
NOTE
Saving and clearing security access logs

"Checking the Security Access Logs"

Checking the Security Access Logs

You can use the Remote UI to display obtained security access logs.
These security access logs can be saved or cleared.

Displaying the Security Access Logs

Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Log in as Administrator.
  1. Enter the Administrator password.
  2. Click [Log In].
NOTE
If the Administrator password is not set

Leave the [Current Password] field blank.
"Setting and Changing the Administrator Password"

Click [Device Manager] → [Information].

Click [Display Log] under [Security Access Log Settings].

Saving a Security Access Log

You can save the displayed log in text format.
Click [Save] under [Log].

Click [Save].

Save the log file.
  1. Specify the save destination for [Save in].
  2. Specify the file name for [File name].
  3. Click [Save].

Clearing Security Access Logs

Click [Clear].
IMPORTANT
Number of security access logs that can be obtained

Up to 100 security access logs can be obtained.
When the number of logs exceeds 100, the logs are deleted starting from the oldest one.
INFORMATION
Items on the [Security Access Log] page
  1. [Update Now]
    Click this button to update the date and time from the SNTP server.
  2. [Date and Time]
    Displays the date and time obtained from the SNTP server.
  3. [SNTP Server Log]
    Displays the status of obtaining logs from the SNTP server.
    When a log is successfully obtained, the following messages appear: "Synchronized with the SNTP server at (date and time obtained)."
    "Next synchronization in (date and time next log will be obtained)."
    When a log is being obtained, the message "Getting time from SNTP server" appears.
    When a log cannot be obtained, the message "Failed to get time from SNTP server" appears.
  4. [Save]
    Click this button to save the security access log in text format.
  5. [Clear]
    Click this button to delete the obtained security access logs.
  6. [Security Access Log]
    Displays the security access logs.
    • Date and time access was blocked
    • IP address
    • Port number
    Restriction type
    • PRINT: Blocked TCP/IP printing job
    • SNMP: Blocked SNMP monitoring or setting change
    • SLP: Blocked multicast discovery

[J-11] Managing Print Jobs

Use the [Job Manager] page to perform the following.

Displaying and Deleting Print Jobs

You can use the [Print Job] page in [Job Manager] to view jobs being printed and queued jobs.
You can also use this page to delete the job being printed.

Displaying Print Jobs

Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Click [Job Manager] → [Print Job].
A list of the print jobs is displayed.
NOTE
Deleting a print job using the Remote UI

After deleting a print job, click the [Refresh] button of your browser.
Character length of [Document Name]

  • A job file name of up to 20 characters can be displayed. If the number of characters exceeds 20, the characters after the limited number are not displayed, or some characters are not displayed properly.
  • Depending on the application, the application name may be added to the beginning of the file name.
  • If you print via USB, [Local] is displayed in [Interface Name].
  • If you print via the network, nothing is displayed in the field.

Deleting Print Jobs

Click [Delete].
The message "Please wait a moment." appears.

The print job is deleted and the information on the page is updated.
NOTE
Clicking [Delete] does not work

If the data for a page has already been sent to the printer, clicking [Delete] cannot cancel the print job.

Displaying the Print Log Page

You can check print logs of the printer on the [Print Log] page in [Job Manager].
The print log page can be displayed even if you are not logged on as an Administrator.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Click [Job Manager] → [Print Log].
NOTE
Print logs

  • Up to 32 jobs can be displayed.
  • When the number of jobs exceeds 32, the print logs are deleted starting from the oldest one.
  • The print logs are deleted when you turn off the printer.
INFORMATION
Content of the print log page
  • Document Name
  • User Name
  • Number of Total Printed Pages
  • Time
  • Print Results
  • Interface Name

[J-12] Resetting the Network Settings Using the Remote UI

You can reset all network settings of the printer to their default values.
IMPORTANT
Precautions when resetting the network settings

Make sure that the printer is not operating before resetting the network settings.
If the network settings are reset while the printer is printing or receiving data, the data may not be printed correctly, or this may result in paper jams or damage to the printer.
Open the Printer Status Window.
  1. Click the icon of the printer () in the taskbar.
  2. Select [Canon LBP5050].

Start the Remote UI.
  1. Click [Options].
  2. Click [Remote UI].

Log in as Administrator.
  1. Enter the Administrator password.
  2. Click [Log In].
NOTE
If the Administrator password is not set

Leave the [Current Password] field blank.
"Setting and Changing the Administrator Password"

Click [Device Manager] → [Network].

Click [Show Parameter List] under [Network Interface].

Click [Reset to Default Settings].

Click [Yes].
The network settings are reset.
NOTE
Using other methods to reset the network settings

Using an FTP client
"Resetting the Network Settings Using an FTP Client"

Using NetSpot Device Installer
"Resetting the Network Settings Using NetSpot Device Installer"
If you are unable to reset the network settings using the software

You can reset the network settings by operating the reset button on the printer.
Perform the following procedure.
  1. Turn off the printer.
  2. Turn on the printer while pressing the reset button on the printer.
    "Part Names and Functions"

[J-13] Network Settings That Can Be Configured Using the Remote UI

You can configure the following printer network settings with the Remote UI.

General Settings

Item Description Default Setting
[Print Server Name] The name of the printer network board (print server) (0 to 15 characters) CANONXXXXXX
[Device Name] The name of the device (0 to 32 characters) (Blank)
[Location] The installation site of the device (0 to 32 characters) (Blank)
[Administrator] The name of the administrator of the device (0 to 32 characters) (Blank)
[Phone] The telephone number of the administrator of the device (0 to 32 characters) (Blank)
[Comments] Comments from the administrator of the device (0 to 32 characters) (Blank)
[Administrator Password] The password of the device (0 to 15 characters) (Blank)
[Display Language] The languages displayed in the Remote UI (English, French, German, Italian, Spanish, Japanese, Default) Default
[Link] The link displayed in the [Support Links] page in the Remote UI (0 to 32 characters) (Blank)
[URL] The web address displayed in the [Support Links] page in the Remote UI (0 to 128 characters) (Blank)
[Comments] The comments displayed in the [Support Links] page in the Remote UI (0 to 64 characters) (Blank)
[Link] The link displayed in the [Support Links] page in the Remote UI (0 to 32 characters) Download Service
[URL] The web address displayed in the [Support Links] page in the Remote UI and the web address selected by clicking [Download Site] under [Firmware] on the [Network] page of [Device Manager] in the Remote UI (0 to 128 characters) http://www.canon.com/download/
[Comments] The comments displayed in the [Support Links] page in the Remote UI (0 to 64 characters) Update network firmware
[SNMPv1] Access using the SNMPv1 protocol YES
[Access Rights] The operation mode of the SNMPv1 agent (Read-only or Read and Write) Read and Write
[Community Name] The community name of SNMP (0 to 32 characters) public
[SNMPv3] Access using the SNMPv3 protocol NO
[Restrict TCP/IP Printing] Whether to restrict access to the printer NO
[Permit Specified Addresses]/
[Reject Specified Addresses]
Accept or reject print jobs for users specified in [IP Addresses] Accept
[IP Address] The IP addresses blocked from performing TCP/IP printing (Blank)
[Restrict SNMP Monitoring/Setting Changes] Whether to restrict users who can monitor or change the SNMP settings NO
[Permit Specified Addresses]/
[Reject Specified Addresses]
Accept or reject monitoring and changing of settings using the SNMP protocol for users specified in [IP Addresses] Accept
[IP Address] The IP addresses blocked from monitoring or changing the SNMP settings (Blank)
[Restrict Multicast Discovery] Whether to restrict the users who can perform multicast discovery NO
[Respond to Specified Addresses]/
[Do Not Respond to Specified Addresses]
Accept or reject the response to multicast discovery searches performed by users specified in [IP Addresses] Accept
[IP Address] The IP addresses blocked from performing multicast discovery (Blank)
[Restrict MAC Address Access] Whether to restrict the devices that can access the printer NO
[Permit Specified Addresses]/
[Reject Specified Addresses]
Accept or reject access by a device specified in [MAC Addresses] Accept
[MAC Addresses] The MAC addresses permitted or rejected from accessing the printer (Blank)
[Access Logs] Whether to obtain security access logs NO
[Log Types] The type of security access logs to obtain 0
0: No Access Log to Obtain
1: Rejected TCP/IP Print Jobs
2: Rejected SNMP Monitoring/Setting Changes
3: Rejected TCP/IP Print Jobs and Rejected SNMP Monitoring/Setting Changes
4: Rejected Multicast Discoveries
5: Rejected TCP/IP Print Jobs and Rejected Multicast Discoveries
6: Rejected SNMP Monitoring/Setting Changes and Rejected Multicast Discoveries
7: Access All the Logs
[Ethernet Driver Setting] Network transmission speed Auto Detect

TCP/IP Settings

Item Description Default Setting
[Frame Type] The frame type used by TCP/IP Ethernet II
[DHCP] Whether to use DHCP to configure the IP address NO
[BOOTP] Whether to use BOOTP to configure the IP address NO
[RARP] Whether to use RARP to configure the IP address NO
[IP Address] The IP address of the printer 192.168.0.215
[Subnet Mask] Subnet mask 0.0.0.0
[Gateway Address] Gateway address 0.0.0.0
[DNS Server Address] The IP address of the DNS server 0.0.0.0
[DNS Dynamic Update] Whether to register this device in DNS dynamically NO
[DNS Host Name] The host name of this device (0 to 63 characters) (Blank)
[DNS Domain Name] The name of the domain to which this device belongs (0 to 64 characters) (Blank)
[WINS Resolution] Whether to use WINS Resolution YES
[WINS Server Address] The WINS server address 0.0.0.0
[WINS Host Name] Registration of the WINS host name (0 to 15 characters) (Blank)
[Scope ID] The identifier for determining the communication range of the printer and computer (0 to 220 characters) (Blank)
[SNTP Server Name] The IP address or name of the SNTP server (0 to 64 characters) (Blank)
[Multicast Discovery Settings] Whether to respond to multicast discovery searches YES
[Scope Name] The scope name to be used in multicast discovery (0 to 32 characters) default
[Time Zone] Time zone GMT +0:00
[Daylight Saving Time] Whether to set the daylight saving time NO

[J-14] Configuring the Protocol Settings Using an FTP Client

You can use Command Prompt with an FTP client to configure device information as well as the network and security settings.
With an FTP client, you can configure settings that cannot be configured with the Remote UI or NetSpot Device Installer.
The following describes how to configure the protocol settings using the multicast discovery setting as an example.
Run Command Prompt.
  • Windows XP, Server 2003, and Vista: [Start] → [All Programs] → [Accessories] → [Command Prompt]
  • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Programs] → [Accessories] → [Command Prompt]

Enter "ftp <printer IP address>", and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
Microsoft Windows XP [Version 5.1.2600]
(C) Copyright 1985-2001 Microsoft Corp.

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>ftp 192.168.1.81
NOTE
If you are not sure about the IP address of the printer

Use either of the following methods to check the IP address of the printer.

Enter "root" as the user name, and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
Microsoft Windows XP [Version 5.1.2600]
(C) Copyright 1985-2001 Microsoft Corp.

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>ftp 192.168.1.81
Connected to 192.168.1.81.
220 Canon NB-EC2 FTP Print Server V1.40B1 Oct 23 2007 ready.
User (192.168.1.81:(none)): root
NOTE
Entering the user name

You can also log in with a different user name or by leaving the field blank.
When entering a user name other than "root," you can perform operations other than network operations.

Entering the Administrator password

  • If the Administrator password is set
    Enter the Administrator password.
  • If the Administrator password is not set
    Press [ENTER] on the keyboard without entering a password.

Enter "get config <file name>", and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
Enter any name for the file name.
When [ENTER] on the keyboard is pressed, the config file for the entered file name is downloaded from the printer.
Microsoft Windows XP [Version 5.1.2600]
(C) Copyright 1985-2001 Microsoft Corp.

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>ftp 192.168.1.81
Connected to 192.168.1.81.
220 Canon NB-EC2 FTP Print Server V1.40B1 Oct 23 2007 ready.
User (192.168.1.81:(none)): root
230 User logged in
ftp> get config test
NOTE
config file

The config file contains information of the network settings of the printer.
You can use an FTP client to rewrite and change the settings of the downloaded config file.
The download directory of the file varies depending on the system environment and settings of the computer.
If the config file cannot be found

Use the search function of your operating system to search for the config file.

Open the config file in Notepad or a similar text editor.
A list of the printer network settings is displayed.

Edit the text of the settings you want to change.
Change the multicast discovery setting (SLP_ENB) from "YES" to "NO."
NOTE

Save and close the edited config file.


Enter "put <file name> CONFIG", and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
For <file name>, enter the file name of the config file.
The config file is uploaded to the printer and the network settings are changed.
Microsoft Windows XP [Version 5.1.2600]
(C) Copyright 1985-2001 Microsoft Corp.

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>ftp 192.168.1.81
Connected to 192.168.1.81.
220 Canon NB-EC2 FTP Print Server V1.40B1 Oct 23 2007 ready.
User (192.168.1.81:(none)): root
230 User logged in
ftp> get config test
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for config (192,168,1,99,19,137), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2042 bytes received in 0.19Seconds 10.86Kbytes/sec.
ftp> put test CONFIG

Enter "get reset", and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
The network board of the printer is reset.
Microsoft Windows XP [Version 5.1.2600]
(C) Copyright 1985-2001 Microsoft Corp.

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>ftp 192.168.1.81
Connected to 192.168.1.81.
220 Canon NB-EC2 FTP Print Server V1.40B1 Oct 23 2007 ready.
User (192.168.1.81:(none)): root
230 User logged in
ftp> get config test
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for config (192,168,1,99,19,137), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2042 bytes received in 0.19Seconds 10.86Kbytes/sec.
ftp> put test CONFIG
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for CONFIG (192,168,1,99,19,138), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2042 bytes sent in 0.00Seconds 2042000.00Kbytes/sec.
ftp> get reset
NOTE
Activating the changed settings

The settings become active after performing either of the following.
  • Resetting the network board in Step 9
  • Restarting the printer (wait at least 10 seconds after turning off the printer)

Enter "quit", and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
The FTP client closes.
Microsoft Windows XP [Version 5.1.2600]
(C) Copyright 1985-2001 Microsoft Corp.

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>ftp 192.168.1.81
Connected to 192.168.1.81.
220 Canon NB-EC2 FTP Print Server V1.40B1 Oct 23 2007 ready.
User (192.168.1.81:(none)): root
230 User logged in
ftp> get config test
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for config (192,168,1,99,19,137), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2042 bytes received in 0.19Seconds 10.86Kbytes/sec.
ftp> put test CONFIG
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for CONFIG (192,168,1,99,19,138), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2042 bytes sent in 0.00Seconds 2042000.00Kbytes/sec.
ftp> get reset
200 PORT command successful.
221 Canon NB-EC2 hard reset, closing connection.
ftp> quit

Enter "exit", and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
Command Prompt closes.
Microsoft Windows XP [Version 5.1.2600]
(C) Copyright 1985-2001 Microsoft Corp.

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>ftp 192.168.1.81
Connected to 192.168.1.81.
220 Canon NB-EC2 FTP Print Server V1.40B1 Oct 23 2007 ready.
User (192.168.1.81:(none)): root
230 User logged in
ftp> get config test
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for config (192,168,1,99,19,137), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2042 bytes received in 0.19Seconds 10.86Kbytes/sec.
ftp> put test CONFIG
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for CONFIG (192,168,1,99,19,138), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2042 bytes sent in 0.00Seconds 2042000.00Kbytes/sec.
ftp> get reset
200 PORT command successful.
221 Canon NB-EC2 hard reset, closing connection.
ftp> quit

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>exit

[J-15] Setting the Printer to Unicast Communication Mode Using an FTP Client

The unicast communication mode enables the printer status to be sent by unicast communication.
The unicast communication mode can only be enabled by using an FTP client.
IMPORTANT
Using unicast communication mode

Be sure to contact your network administrator before using the unicast communication mode.
Run Command Prompt.
  • Windows XP, Server 2003, and Vista: [Start] → [All Programs] → [Accessories] → [Command Prompt]
  • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Programs] → [Accessories] → [Command Prompt]

Enter "ftp <printer IP address>", and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
Microsoft Windows XP [Version 5.1.2600]
(C) Copyright 1985-2001 Microsoft Corp.

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>ftp 192.168.1.81
NOTE
If you are not sure about the IP address of the printer

Use either of the following methods to check the IP address of the printer.

Enter "root" as the user name, and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
Microsoft Windows XP [Version 5.1.2600]
(C) Copyright 1985-2001 Microsoft Corp.

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>ftp 192.168.1.81
Connected to 192.168.1.81.
220 Canon NB-EC2 FTP Print Server V1.40B1 Oct 23 2007 ready.
User (192.168.1.81:(none)): root
NOTE
Entering the user name

You can also log in with a different user name or by leaving the field blank.
When entering a user name other than "root," you can perform operations other than network operations.

Entering the Administrator password

  • If the Administrator password is set
    Enter the Administrator password.
  • If the Administrator password is not set
    Press [ENTER] on the keyboard without entering a password.

Enter "get config <file name>", and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.

Enter any name for the file name.
When [ENTER] on the keyboard is pressed, the config file for the entered file name is downloaded from the printer.
Microsoft Windows XP [Version 5.1.2600]
(C) Copyright 1985-2001 Microsoft Corp.

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>ftp 192.168.1.81
Connected to 192.168.1.81.
220 Canon NB-EC2 FTP Print Server V1.40B1 Oct 23 2007 ready.
User (192.168.1.81:(none)): root
230 User logged in
ftp> get config test
NOTE
config file

The config file contains information of the network settings of the printer.
You can use an FTP client to rewrite and change the settings of the downloaded config file.
The download directory of the file varies depending on the system environment and settings of the computer.
If the config file cannot be found

Use the search function of your operating system to search for the config file.

Open the config file in Notepad or a similar text editor.
A list of the printer network settings is displayed.

Edit the settings of the unicast communication mode.
Change the [USE_IP_PORT_NAME] setting from "NO" to "YES".

Save and close the edited config file.


Enter "put <file name> CONFIG", and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
For <file name>, enter the file name of the downloaded config file.
The config file is uploaded to the printer and the network settings are changed.
Microsoft Windows XP [Version 5.1.2600]
(C) Copyright 1985-2001 Microsoft Corp.

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>ftp 192.168.1.81
Connected to 192.168.1.81.
220 Canon NB-EC2 FTP Print Server V1.40B1 Oct 23 2007 ready.
User (192.168.1.81:(none)): root
230 User logged in
ftp> get config test
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for config (192,168,1,99,19,137), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2042 bytes received in 0.19Seconds 10.86Kbytes/sec.
ftp> put test CONFIG

Enter "get reset", and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
The network board of the printer is reset.
Microsoft Windows XP [Version 5.1.2600]
(C) Copyright 1985-2001 Microsoft Corp.

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>ftp 192.168.1.81
Connected to 192.168.1.81.
220 Canon NB-EC2 FTP Print Server V1.40B1 Oct 23 2007 ready.
User (192.168.1.81:(none)): root
230 User logged in
ftp> get config test
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for config (192,168,1,99,19,137), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2042 bytes received in 0.19Seconds 10.86Kbytes/sec.
ftp> put test CONFIG
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for CONFIG (192,168,1,99,19,138), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2042 bytes sent in 0.00Seconds 2042000.00Kbytes/sec.
ftp> get reset
NOTE
Activating the changed settings

The settings become active after performing either of the following.
  • Resetting the network board in Step 9
  • Restarting the printer (wait at least 10 seconds after turning off the printer)

Enter "quit", and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
The FTP client closes.
Microsoft Windows XP [Version 5.1.2600]
(C) Copyright 1985-2001 Microsoft Corp.

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>ftp 192.168.1.81
Connected to 192.168.1.81.
220 Canon NB-EC2 FTP Print Server V1.40B1 Oct 23 2007 ready.
User (192.168.1.81:(none)): root
230 User logged in
ftp> get config test
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for config (192,168,1,99,19,137), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2042 bytes received in 0.19Seconds 10.86Kbytes/sec.
ftp> put test CONFIG
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for CONFIG (192,168,1,99,19,138), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2042 bytes sent in 0.00Seconds 2042000.00Kbytes/sec.
ftp> get reset
200 PORT command successful.
221 Canon NB-EC2 hard reset, closing connection.
ftp> quit

Enter "exit", and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
Command Prompt closes.
Microsoft Windows XP [Version 5.1.2600]
(C) Copyright 1985-2001 Microsoft Corp.

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>ftp 192.168.1.81
Connected to 192.168.1.81.
220 Canon NB-EC2 FTP Print Server V1.40B1 Oct 23 2007 ready.
User (192.168.1.81:(none)): root
230 User logged in
ftp> get config test
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for config (192,168,1,99,19,137), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2042 bytes received in 0.19Seconds 10.86Kbytes/sec.
ftp> put test CONFIG
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for CONFIG (192,168,1,99,19,138), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2042 bytes sent in 0.00Seconds 2042000.00Kbytes/sec.
ftp> get reset
200 PORT command successful.
221 Canon NB-EC2 hard reset, closing connection.
ftp> quit

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>exit
IMPORTANT
To return to the normal communication mode (broadcast communication mode)

Set the [USE_IP_PORT_NAME] setting to "NO".
INFORMATION
If a network board error occurs

If the message "Network Board Error" appears in the Printer Status Window after configuring the unicast communication mode, click [] (Refresh).

"Refreshing the Printer Status Window Display"

[J-16] Resetting the Network Settings Using an FTP Client

You can download a list of the default network settings using an FTP client.
This is useful for resetting the network settings.
IMPORTANT
Precautions when resetting the network settings

Make sure that the printer is not operating before resetting the network settings.
If the network settings are reset while the printer is printing or receiving data, the data may not be printed correctly, or this may result in paper jams or damage to the printer.
Run Command Prompt.
  • Windows XP, Server 2003, and Vista: [Start] → [All Programs] → [Accessories] → [Command Prompt]
  • Windows 2000: [Start] → [Programs] → [Accessories] → [Command Prompt]

Enter "ftp <printer IP address>", and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
Microsoft Windows XP [Version 5.1.2600]
(C) Copyright 1985-2001 Microsoft Corp.

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>ftp 192.168.1.81
NOTE
If you are not sure about the IP address of the printer

Use either of the following methods to check the IP address of the printer.

Enter "root" as the user name, and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
Microsoft Windows XP [Version 5.1.2600]
(C) Copyright 1985-2001 Microsoft Corp.

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>ftp 192.168.1.81
Connected to 192.168.1.81.
220 Canon NB-EC2 FTP Print Server V1.40B1 Oct 23 2007 ready.
User (192.168.1.81:(none)): root
NOTE
Entering the user name

You can also log in with a different user name or by leaving the field blank.
When entering a user name other than "root," you can perform operations other than network operations.

Entering the Administrator password

  • If the Administrator password is set
    Enter the Administrator password.
  • If the Administrator password is not set
    Press [ENTER] on the keyboard without entering a password.

Enter "get config <file name>", and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
  • Enter any name for the file name.
  • When [ENTER] on the keyboard is pressed, the config file for the entered file name is downloaded from the printer.
Microsoft Windows XP [Version 5.1.2600]
(C) Copyright 1985-2001 Microsoft Corp.

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>ftp 192.168.1.81
Connected to 192.168.1.81.
220 Canon NB-EC2 FTP Print Server V1.40B1 Oct 23 2007 ready.
User (192.168.1.81:(none)): root
230 User logged in
ftp> get config test
NOTE
config file

The config file contains the network settings of the printer.
You can use an FTP client to rewrite and change the settings of the downloaded config file.
The download directory of the file varies depending on the system environment and settings of the computer.
If the config file cannot be found

Use the search function of your operating system to search for the config file.

Enter "get defaults", and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
The text file "defaults" is downloaded from the printer.
Microsoft Windows XP [Version 5.1.2600]
(C) Copyright 1985-2001 Microsoft Corp.

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>ftp 192.168.1.81
Connected to 192.168.1.81.
220 Canon NB-EC2 FTP Print Server V1.40B1 Oct 23 2007 ready.
User (192.168.1.81:(none)): root
230 User logged in
ftp> get config test
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for config (192,168,1,99,19,137), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2042 bytes received in 0.16Seconds 13.09Kbytes/sec.
ftp> get defaults
NOTE
defaults file

The defaults file contains information of the default network settings of the printer.
The download directory of the file varies depending on the system environment and settings of the computer.
If the defaults file cannot be found

Use the search function of your operating system to search for the defaults file.

Open the config file and defaults file in Notepad or a similar text editor.


Copy the entire contents of the defaults file and paste it in the config file.


Save and close the edited config file.
The config file is rewritten with the default network settings.

Enter "put <file name> CONFIG", and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
For <file name>, enter the file name of the downloaded config file.
The config file is uploaded to the printer and the network settings are reset to the default settings.
Microsoft Windows XP [Version 5.1.2600]
(C) Copyright 1985-2001 Microsoft Corp.

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>ftp 192.168.1.81
Connected to 192.168.1.81.
220 Canon NB-EC2 FTP Print Server V1.40B1 Oct 23 2007 ready.
User (192.168.1.81:(none)): root
230 User logged in
ftp> get config test
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for config (192,168,1,99,19,137), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2042 bytes received in 0.16Seconds 13.09Kbytes/sec.
ftp> get defaults
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for defaults (192,168,1,99,19,138), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2014 bytes received in 0.17Seconds 11.71Kbytes/sec.
ftp> put test CONFIG

Enter "get reset", and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
The network board of the printer is reset.
Microsoft Windows XP [Version 5.1.2600]
(C) Copyright 1985-2001 Microsoft Corp.

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>ftp 192.168.1.81
Connected to 192.168.1.81.
220 Canon NB-EC2 FTP Print Server V1.40B1 Oct 23 2007 ready.
User (192.168.1.81:(none)): root
230 User logged in
ftp> get config test
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for config (192,168,1,99,19,137), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2042 bytes received in 0.16Seconds 13.09Kbytes/sec.
ftp> get defaults
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for defaults (192,168,1,99,19,138), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2014 bytes received in 0.17Seconds 11.71Kbytes/sec.
ftp> put test CONFIG
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for CONFIG (192,168,1,99,19,139), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2042 bytes sent in 0.00Seconds 2042000.00Kbytes/sec.
ftp> get reset
NOTE
Activating the changed settings

The settings become active after performing either of the following.
  • Resetting the network board in Step 10
  • Restarting the printer (wait at least 10 seconds after turning off the printer)

Enter "quit", and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
The FTP client closes.
Microsoft Windows XP [Version 5.1.2600]
(C) Copyright 1985-2001 Microsoft Corp.

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>ftp 192.168.1.81
Connected to 192.168.1.81.
220 Canon NB-EC2 FTP Print Server V1.40B1 Oct 23 2007 ready.
User (192.168.1.81:(none)): root
230 User logged in
ftp> get config test
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for config (192,168,1,99,19,137), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2042 bytes received in 0.16Seconds 13.09Kbytes/sec.
ftp> get defaults
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for defaults (192,168,1,99,19,138), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2014 bytes received in 0.17Seconds 11.71Kbytes/sec.
ftp> put test CONFIG
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for CONFIG (192,168,1,99,19,139), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2042 bytes sent in 0.00Seconds 2042000.00Kbytes/sec.
ftp> get reset
200 PORT command successful.
221 Canon NB-EC2 hard reset, closing connection.
ftp> quit

Enter "exit", and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
Command Prompt closes.
Microsoft Windows XP [Version 5.1.2600]
(C) Copyright 1985-2001 Microsoft Corp.

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>ftp 192.168.1.81
Connected to 192.168.1.81.
220 Canon NB-EC2 FTP Print Server V1.40B1 Oct 23 2007 ready.
User (192.168.1.81:(none)): root
230 User logged in
ftp> get config test
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for config (192,168,1,99,19,137), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2042 bytes received in 0.16Seconds 13.09Kbytes/sec.
ftp> get defaults
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for defaults (192,168,1,99,19,138), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2014 bytes received in 0.17Seconds 11.71Kbytes/sec.
ftp> put test CONFIG
200 PORT command successful.
150 Opening data connection for CONFIG (192,168,1,99,19,139), (mode ascii).
226 Transfer complete.
ftp: 2042 bytes sent in 0.00Seconds 2042000.00Kbytes/sec.
ftp> get reset
200 PORT command successful.
221 Canon NB-EC2 hard reset, closing connection.
ftp> quit

C:\Documents and Settings\Guest>exit
NOTE
Using other methods to reset the network settings

Using the Remote UI
"Resetting the Network Settings Using the Remote UI"

Using NetSpot Device Installer
"Resetting the Network Settings Using NetSpot Device Installer"
If you are unable to reset the network settings using the software

You can reset the network settings by operating the reset button on the printer.
Perform the following procedure.
  1. Turn off the printer.
  2. Turn on the printer while pressing the reset button on the printer.
    "Part Names and Functions"
INFORMATION
Updating the firmware using an FTP client

Enter "put <name of firmware update file> FLASH", and then press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
Download the latest update file from the Canon website.

[J-17] Network Settings That Can Be Configured Using an FTP Client

You can configure the following printer network settings with an FTP client.

General Settings

Item Description Default Setting
PS_NAME The name of the printer network board (print server) (0 to 15 characters) CANONXXXXXX
SYS_NAME The name of the device (0 to 32 characters) (Blank)
SYS_LOC The installation site of the device
(0 to 32 characters)
(Blank)
SYS_CONTACT The name of the administrator of the device
(0 to 32 characters)
(Blank)
SYS_CONTACT_TEL The telephone number of the administrator of the device
(0 to 32 characters)
(Blank)
SYS_CONTACT_COMMENT Comments from the administrator of the device
(0 to 32 characters)
(Blank)
SERVICE_MAN_NAME The name of the service person
(0 to 32 characters)
(Blank)
SERVICE_TEL The telephone number of the service person
(0 to 32 characters)
(Blank)
SERVICE_COMMENT Comments from the service person
(0 to 32 characters)
(Blank)
ROOT_PWD The password of the device
(0 to 15 characters)
(Blank)
DISP_LANG The languages displayed in the Remote UI (English, French, German, Italian, Spanish, Japanese, Default) Default
LINK_NAME1 The link displayed in the [Support Links] page in the Remote UI (0 to 32 characters) (Blank)
LINK_NAME2
LINK_URL1 The web address displayed in the [Support Links] page in the Remote UI (0 to 128 characters) (Blank)
LINK_URL2
LINK_COMMENT1 The comments displayed in the [Support Links] page in the Remote UI (0 to 64 characters) (Blank)
LINK_COMMENT2
DOWNLOAD_SITE_NAME The link displayed in the [Support Links] page in the Remote UI (0 to 32 characters) Download Service
DOWNLOAD_SITE_URL The web address displayed in the [Support Links] page in the Remote UI and the web address selected by clicking [Download Site] under [Firmware] on the [Network] page of [Device Manager] in the Remote UI (0 to 128 characters) http://www.canon.com/download/
DOWNLOAD_SITE_COMMENT The comments displayed in the [Support Links] page in the Remote UI (0 to 64 characters) Update network firmware
SNMP_V1_ACCESS_ENB Access using the SNMPv1 protocol YES
SNMP_V1_ACCESS_MODE The operation mode of the SNMPv1 agent (Read-only or Read and Write) Read and Write
PUB_COMMUNITY The community name of SNMP (0 to 32 characters) public
SNMP_V3_ACCESS_ENB Access using the SNMPv3 protocol NO
TCP_CONT_ENB Whether to restrict access to the printer NO
TCP_CONT_MODE Accept or reject print jobs for users specified in [IP Addresses] Accept
TCP_CONT_LIST The IP addresses blocked from performing TCP/IP printing (Blank)
SNMP_CONT_ENB Whether to restrict users who can monitor or change the SNMP settings NO
SNMP_CONT_MODE Accept or reject monitoring and changing of settings using the SNMP protocol for users specified in [IP Addresses] Accept
SNMP_CONT_LIST The IP addresses blocked from monitoring or changing the SNMP settings (Blank)
SLP_CONT_ENB Whether to restrict the users who can perform multicast discovery NO
SLP_CONT_MODE Accept or reject the response to multicast discovery searches performed by users specified in [IP Addresses] Accept
SLP_CONT_LIST The IP addresses blocked from performing multicast discovery (Blank)
MAC_CONT_ENB Whether to restrict the devices that can access the printer NO
MAC_CONT_MODE Accept or reject access by a device specified in [MAC Addresses] Accept
MAC_CONT_LIST The MAC addresses permitted or rejected from accessing the printer (Blank)
SEC_LOG_ENB Whether to obtain security access logs NO
SEC_LOG_KIND The type of security access logs to obtain 0
0: No Access Log to Obtain
1: Rejected TCP/IP Print Jobs
2: Rejected SNMP Monitoring/Setting Changes
3: Rejected TCP/IP Print Jobs and Rejected SNMP Monitoring/Setting Changes
4: Rejected Multicast Discoveries
5: Rejected TCP/IP Print Jobs and Rejected Multicast Discoveries
6: Rejected SNMP Monitoring/Setting Changes and Rejected Multicast Discoveries
7: Access All the Logs
NETWORK_SPEED Network transmission speed AUTO_SENSE

TCP/IP Settings

Item Description Default Setting
TCP_FRAME_TYPE The frame type used by TCP/IP Ethernet II
G_ARP_ENB Whether to use the Gratuitous ARP function YES
DHCP_ENB Whether to use DHCP to configure the IP address NO
BOOTP_ENB Whether to use BOOTP to configure the IP address NO
RARP_ENB Whether to use RARP to configure the IP address NO
INT_ADDR The IP address of the printer 192.168.0.215
NET_MASK Subnet mask 0.0.0.0
DEF_ROUT Gateway address 0.0.0.0
DNS_ADDR The IP address of the DNS server 0.0.0.0
DDNS_ENB Whether to register this device in DNS dynamically NO
HOST_NAME The host name of this device (0 to 63 characters) (Blank)
DOMAIN_NAME The name of the domain to which this device belongs (0 to 64 characters) (Blank)
WINS_ENB Whether to use WINS Resolution YES
WINS_ADDR1 The WINS server address 0.0.0.0
WINS_HOSTNAME Registration of the WINS host name (0 to 15 characters) (Blank)
NBT_SCOPE_ID The identifier for determining the communication range of the printer and computer (0 to 220 characters) (Blank)
SNTP_ADDR The IP address or name of the SNTP server (0 to 64 characters) (Blank)
SNTP_CHECK_INTERVAL The time interval for SNTP updates (10min, 30min, 1hour, 3hours, 6hours, 12hours, or 24hours) 1hour
SLP_ENB Whether to respond to multicast discovery searches YES
SLP_SCOPE The scope name to be used in multicast discovery (0 to 32 characters) default
USE_IP_PORT_NAME Whether to use the unicast communication mode NO
TIME ZONE Time zone GMT +0:00
DAYLIGHT SAVING Whether to set the daylight saving time NO

[J-18] NetSpot Device Installer

NetSpot Device Installer is software for configuring and checking the status of the protocol settings of the printer.
Install the software to your computer or run the software directly from the supplied CD-ROM.

Types of Devices That Can Be Configured

You can use NetSpot Device Installer to configure the default network protocol settings of a device connected to the TCP/IP network.
You cannot configure the settings of a device connected to a network other than a TCP/IP network.

NetSpot Device Installer System Requirements

Operating system
Computer
Hard disk space
Protocol
Protocol stack

[J-19] Installing NetSpot Device Installer

Use the following procedure to install NetSpot Device Installer.
IMPORTANT
Precautions when installing NetSpot Device Installer

Close all other applications before beginning the installation.
Log on as a user with administrative rights.

When using an operating system with Windows Firewall enabled

When Windows Firewall is enabled, you cannot search for the following printer.
  • A printer on a subnet that is different from that of the computer using NetSpot Device Installer
During installation, add NetSpot Device Installer to the Windows Firewall exceptions list.
Insert the supplied CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your computer.
If the following dialog box appears, click [Exit].
NOTE
If the [AutoPlay] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Open folder to view files].

The CD-ROM contents are displayed.
  1. Select [My Computer] or [Computer].
    • Windows Vista: [Start] → [Computer]
    • Windows XP and Server 2003: [Start] → [My Computer]
    • Windows 2000: Double-click the [My Computer] icon on the desktop.
  2. Select the CD-ROM icon.
  3. Click [File].
  4. Click [Open].

Double-click the [NetSpot Device Installer] folder.

Double-click the [Windows] folder.

Double-click [nsdisetup.exe].

Read the license agreement, and then click [Yes].

Click [Browse], and then select the installation directory.
NOTE
To add NetSpot Device Installer to the [Start] menu

Select the [Add to Start Menu] check box.

Click [OK].
The installation starts.
NOTE
Adding NetSpot Device Installer as an exception in Windows Firewall

If you installed NetSpot Device Installer to a computer with Windows Firewall enabled, the following screen appears after Step 8.
Click [Yes].
When the following message appears, click [OK].

Click [OK].

Click [Cancel] to exit.
NOTE
Installing plug-ins

Adding plug-ins can expand the features of NetSpot Device Installer.
Use the following procedure to add plug-ins.
  1. In the dialog box in Step 10, select the check box of the plug-in you want to install.
  2. Click [Start Installation].
Plug-ins can be installed at anytime.
For details, see the NetSpot Device Installer Readme file.
Running NetSpot Device Installer directly from the CD-ROM

"Running NetSpot Device Installer"

[J-20] Running NetSpot Device Installer

You can run NetSpot Device Installer in either of the following ways.

Running NetSpot Device Installer from a Computer

To run NetSpot Device Installer from a computer, you must install the software program to your computer.
"Installing NetSpot Device Installer"
Start NetSpot Device Installer.
  • Windows XP, Server 2003, and Vista: Click [Start] → [All Programs] → [NetSpot Device Installer] → [NetSpot Device Installer].
  • Windows 2000: Click [Start] → [Programs] → [NetSpot Device Installer] → [NetSpot Device Installer].
NOTE
If NetSpot Device Installer was not added to the [Start] menu

Double-click [nsdi.exe] in the installation directory.

If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Continue].

Running NetSpot Device Installer from the CD-ROM

Insert the supplied CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your computer.
CD-ROM Setup starts.
NOTE
If CD-ROM Setup does not appear
  • Windows Vista
    1. Click [Start] → [Start Search].
    2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
    The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.
  • Windows 2000, XP, and Server 2003
    1. Click [Start] → [Run].
    2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → click [OK].
    The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.

If the [AutoPlay] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Run AUTORUN.EXE].


If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Continue].

Click [Additional Software Programs].

Click [Start] for [NetSpot Device Installer for TCP/IP].
NOTE
If the [License Agreement] dialog box appears

Read the contents, and then click [Yes].

If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Continue].

[J-21] Configuring the IP Address Using NetSpot Device Installer

The following describes how to configure the IP address of the printer without installing NetSpot Device Installer.
IMPORTANT
When using an operating system with Windows Firewall enabled

  • If you are using a computer with Windows Firewall enabled, configure the IP address using the ARP and PING commands.
    "Configuring the IP Address"
  • NetSpot Device Installer must be added to the Windows Firewall using either of the following methods.
    • Add [NetSpot Device Installer] to the list on the [Exceptions] sheet of the [Windows Firewall] dialog box.
      (See the NetSpot Device Installer Readme file.)
    • Install NetSpot Device Installer.
      "Installing NetSpot Device Installer"
  • You can display the NetSpot Device Installer Readme file using either of the following methods.
    1. Click [Additional Software Programs] in CD-ROM Setup.
    2. Click [] for [NetSpot Device Installer for TCP/IP].
Connect the Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port on the printer.
Connect an Ethernet cable that is compatible with your network.

Connect the other end of the Ethernet cable to the hub.

Turn on the printer.

Make sure that the LNK indicator (green) on the printer is on.
(A): 100 indicator, (B): LNK indicator, (C): ERR indicator
  • 10BASE-T: LNK indicator is on
  • 100BASE-TX: LNK indicator and 100 indicator are on
NOTE
Parts exclusive to LBP5050n

The following parts are only available on LBP5050n.
  • Reset Button
  • Ethernet Port
  • 100 Indicator
  • LNK Indicator
  • ERR Indicator
LBP5050 is not designed for use on a network, and therefore, this model does not have these parts.
When the ERR indicator turns on or no indicators turn on

Perform the following procedure.
  1. Turn off the printer.
  2. Check the Ethernet cable connection and hub performance.
  3. If there are no problems, turn on the printer.

Insert the supplied CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your computer.
CD-ROM Setup starts.
NOTE
If CD-ROM Setup does not appear
  • Windows Vista
    1. Click [Start] → [Start Search].
    2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
    The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.
  • Windows 2000, XP, and Server 2003
    1. Click [Start] → [Run].
    2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → click [OK].
    The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.

If the [AutoPlay] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Run AUTORUN.EXE].


If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Continue].

Click [Additional Software Programs].

Click [Start] for [NetSpot Device Installer for TCP/IP].
NOTE
If the [License Agreement] dialog box appears

Read the contents, and then click [Yes].

If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Continue].

Configure the IP address using one of the following methods according to the content displayed in the device list.

A: When the device displayed in the device list has a MAC address set for [Device Name] and [Not Configured] set for [Status]

Select the device.

Open the [Initial Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click [Device].
  2. Click [Initial Settings].

Specify the initial settings.
  1. Specify the necessary settings.
  2. Click [Next].
  • [Subnet]: When the computer running NetSpot Device Installer is connected to multiple networks, select the subnet to which the device belongs.
  • [Product Type]: Select [LBP + NB-EC2].

Configure the IP address.
  • [IP Address Setting with]: Select one of the following methods for setting the IP address.
    • [Manual Setting]: Lets you specify the IP address manually by entering it in [IP Address].
    • [DHCP]: Obtains the IP address by using DHCP.
  • [IP Address]: Enter the IP address of the printer.
  • [Subnet Mask]: Enter the subnet mask as needed.
  • [Gateway Address]: Enter the gateway address as needed.
  • [Broadcast Address]: Enter the broadcast address as needed.

Click [OK].

When the message "The device has been reset." appears, click [OK].
Wait approximately 20 seconds after resetting the device for the settings to become active.

B: When the device displayed in the device list has the default setting for [IP Address]

Select the device.

Open the [Protocol Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click [Device].
  2. Click [Protocol Settings].

Configure the IP address.
  • [IP Address Setting with]: Select one of the following methods for setting the IP address.
    • [Manual Setting]: Lets you specify the IP address manually by entering it in [IP Address].
    • [Auto Detect]: Obtains the IP address by using RARP, BOOTP, or DHCP.
    • [RARP]: Obtains the IP address by using RARP.
    • [BOOTP]: Obtains the IP address by using BOOTP.
    • [DHCP]: Obtains the IP address by using DHCP.
  • [IP Address]: Enter the IP address of the printer.
  • [Subnet Mask]: Enter the subnet mask as needed.
  • [Gateway Address]: Enter the gateway address as needed.
NOTE
When [Manual Setting] is selected

Enter the following items being used on the TCP/IP network.
  • [IP Address]
  • [Subnet Mask]
  • [Gateway Address]
When [Auto Detect] is selected

The following must be started when the check box is selected.
  • [RARP]: RARP daemon
  • [BOOTP]: BOOTP daemon
  • [DHCP]: DHCP server
When [RARP] is selected, the [IP address] option is no longer available.
When [BOOTP] or [DHCP] is selected, the following options are no longer available.
  • [IP Address]
  • [Subnet Mask]
  • [Gateway Address]
If RARP, BOOTP, or DHCP cannot be used to obtain the IP address

Select [Manual Setting].

Click [OK].

When the message "The device has been reset." appears, click [OK].
Wait approximately 20 seconds after resetting the device for the settings to become active.

C: Neither A nor B (However, the network cable is connected properly and the printer is turned on.)

A device on the network may have the same IP address as that configured for this printer.
Perform either of the following operations, and then repeat the procedure for configuring the IP address.
After configuring the IP address of the printer, restore all existing devices to their original condition.
If you do not want to use this method, you can configure the IP address using the ARP and PING commands.
"Configuring the IP Address"

[J-22] Configuring the Protocol Settings Using NetSpot Device Installer

You can use NetSpot Device Installer to configure the basic TCP/IP protocol settings.
The following describes how to configure the protocol using the procedure for running NetSpot Device Installer from the supplied CD-ROM.
IMPORTANT
When using an operating system with Windows Firewall enabled

  • If you are using a computer with Windows Firewall enabled, it is recommended that you configure the IP address using the ARP and PING commands.
    "Configuring the IP Address"
  • NetSpot Device Installer must be added to the Windows Firewall using either of the following methods.
    • Add [NetSpot Device Installer] to the list on the [Exceptions] sheet of the [Windows Firewall] dialog box.
      (See the NetSpot Device Installer Readme file.)
    • Install NetSpot Device Installer.
      "Installing NetSpot Device Installer"
  • You can display the NetSpot Device Installer Readme file using either of the following methods.
    1. Click [Additional Software Programs] in CD-ROM Setup.
    2. Click [] for [NetSpot Device Installer for TCP/IP].
Insert the supplied CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your computer.
CD-ROM Setup starts.
NOTE
If CD-ROM Setup does not appear
  • Windows Vista
    1. Click [Start] → [Start Search].
    2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
    The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.
  • Windows 2000, XP, and Server 2003
    1. Click [Start] → [Run].
    2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → click [OK].
    The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.

If the [AutoPlay] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Run AUTORUN.EXE].


If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Continue].

Click [Additional Software Programs].

Click [Start] for [NetSpot Device Installer for TCP/IP].
NOTE
If the [License Agreement] dialog box appears

Read the contents, and then click [Yes].
If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Continue].

Select the device.

Open the [Protocol Settings] dialog box.
  1. Click [Device].
  2. Click [Protocol Settings].

Configure the protocol settings.
  • [IP Address Setting with]: Select one of the following methods for setting the IP address.
    • [Manual Setting]: Lets you specify the IP address manually by entering it in [IP Address].
    • [Auto Detect]: Obtains the IP address by using RARP, BOOTP, or DHCP.
    • [RARP]: Obtains the IP address by using RARP.
    • [BOOTP]: Obtains the IP address by using BOOTP.
    • [DHCP]: Obtains the IP address by using DHCP.
  • [IP Address]: Enter the IP address of the printer.
  • [Subnet Mask]: Enter the subnet mask as needed.
  • [Gateway Address]: Enter the gateway address as needed.
NOTE
When [Manual Setting] is selected

Enter the following items being used on the TCP/IP network.
  • [IP Address]
  • [Subnet Mask]
  • [Gateway Address]
When [Auto Detect] is selected

The following must be started when the check box is selected.
  • [RARP]: RARP daemon
  • [BOOTP]: BOOTP daemon
  • [DHCP]: DHCP server
When [RARP] is selected, the [IP address] option is no longer available.
When [BOOTP] or [DHCP] is selected, the following options are no longer available.
  • [IP Address]
  • [Subnet Mask]
  • [Gateway Address]
If RARP, BOOTP, or DHCP cannot be used to obtain the IP address

Select [Manual Setting].

Click [OK].

When the message "The device has been reset." appears, click [OK].
Wait approximately 20 seconds after resetting the device for the settings to become active.
INFORMATION
Starting NetSpot Device Installer when installed to a computer
  • If NetSpot Device Installer was added to the [Start] menu during installation
    Click [Start] → [All Programs] → [NetSpot Device Installer] → [NetSpot Device Installer].
    "Installing NetSpot Device Installer"
  • If NetSpot Device Installer was not added to the [Start] menu
    Double-click [nsdi.exe] in the installation directory.

[J-23] Resetting the Network Settings Using NetSpot Device Installer

The following describes how to reset the network settings by starting NetSpot Device Installer from the supplied CD-ROM.
IMPORTANT
Precautions when resetting the network settings

Make sure that the printer is not operating before resetting the network settings.
If the network settings are reset while the printer is printing or receiving data, the data may not be printed correctly, or this may result in paper jams or damage to the printer.

When using an operating system with Windows Firewall enabled
  • If you are using a computer with Windows Firewall enabled, you cannot search for a printer on a different subnet.
  • NetSpot Device Installer must be added to the Windows Firewall using either of the following methods.
    • Add [NetSpot Device Installer] to the list on the [Exceptions] sheet of the [Windows Firewall] dialog box.
      (See the NetSpot Device Installer Readme file.)
    • Install NetSpot Device Installer.
      "Installing NetSpot Device Installer"
  • You can display the NetSpot Device Installer Readme file using either of the following methods.
    1. Click [Additional Software Programs] in CD-ROM Setup.
    2. Click [] for [NetSpot Device Installer for TCP/IP].
Insert the supplied CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your computer.
CD-ROM Setup starts.
NOTE
If CD-ROM Setup does not appear
  • Windows Vista
    1. Click [Start] → [Start Search].
    2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → press [ENTER] on the keyboard.
    The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.
  • Windows 2000, XP, and Server 2003
    1. Click [Start] → [Run].
    2. Enter [D:\English\MInst.exe] → click [OK].
    The CD-ROM drive name ("D:") may differ depending on your computer.

If the [AutoPlay] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Run AUTORUN.EXE].


If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Continue].

Click [Additional Software Programs].

Click [Start] for [NetSpot Device Installer for TCP/IP].
NOTE
If the [License Agreement] dialog box appears

Read the contents, and then click [Yes].
If the [User Account Control] dialog box appears (Windows Vista)

Click [Allow].

Select the printer with the network settings you want to reset.

The network settings are reset.
  1. Click [Device].
  2. Click [Restore Default Settings].

Click [Yes].

When the message "The device has been reset." appears, click [OK].
Wait approximately 20 seconds after resetting the device for the settings to become active.
NOTE
When the message "Turn the device off and then on again." appears

Click [OK].
The printer restarts and the settings become active.
Using other methods to reset the network settings

Using the Remote UI
"Resetting the Network Settings Using the Remote UI"

Using an FTP Client
"Resetting the Network Settings Using an FTP Client"
If you are unable to reset the network settings using the software

You can reset the network settings by operating the reset button on the printer.
Perform the following procedure.
  1. Turn off the printer.
  2. Turn on the printer while pressing the reset button on the printer.
    "Part Names and Functions"

[J-24] Uninstalling NetSpot Device Installer

The following describes how to uninstall NetSpot Device Installer from your computer.
Click [Start] → [All Programs] → [NetSpot Device Installer] → [Uninstall NetSpot Device Installer].
  • Windows 2000: Click [Start] → [Programs] → [NetSpot Device Installer] → [Uninstall NetSpot Device Installer].
The uninstallation is completed when Command Prompt closes.
NOTE
If NetSpot Device Installer was not added to the [Start] menu

Double-click [rmnsdi.bat].

Location of rmnsdi.bat

<drive on which the system is installed>\Documents and Settings\<user name>\Local Settings\Application Data\canon.jp\nsdi

If NetSpot Device Installer cannot be uninstalled completely

See the Readme file supplied with NetSpot Device Installer.

Location of the Readme file

<drive on which the system is installed>\Program Files\NetSpot Device Installer

[J-25] Network Settings That Can Be Configured Using NetSpot Device Installer

You can configure the following printer network settings with NetSpot Device Installer.

General Settings

Item Description Default Setting
Device Name The name of the device (0 to 32 characters) (Blank)
Location The installation site of the device (0 to 32 characters) (Blank)
Administrator The name of the administrator of the device (0 to 32 characters) (Blank)
Service Person The name of the service person (Blank)
Password The password of the device (0 to 15 characters) (Blank)

TCP/IP Settings

Item Description Default Setting
Frame Type The frame type used by TCP/IP Ethernet II
DHCP Whether to use DHCP to configure the IP address NO
BOOTP Whether to use BOOTP to configure the IP address NO
RARP Whether to use RARP to configure the IP address NO
IP Address The IP address of the printer 192.168.0.215
Subnet Mask Subnet mask 0.0.0.0
Gateway Address Gateway address 0.0.0.0